WO1995020590A1 - Enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds - Google Patents
Enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO1995020590A1 WO1995020590A1 PCT/US1995/000948 US9500948W WO9520590A1 WO 1995020590 A1 WO1995020590 A1 WO 1995020590A1 US 9500948 W US9500948 W US 9500948W WO 9520590 A1 WO9520590 A1 WO 9520590A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- composition
- compound
- mixture
- purified
- complex
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 141
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 29
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 312
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 158
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 88
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 79
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 50
- -1 benzyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 21
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000005354 acylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 11
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- KXCKKUIJCYNZAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,3,5-trithiol Chemical compound SC1=CC(S)=CC(S)=C1 KXCKKUIJCYNZAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 6
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000447 dimerizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 abstract description 13
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 166
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 166
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 159
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 154
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 145
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 109
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 103
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 98
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 86
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 84
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 84
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 79
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 66
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 63
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 55
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 54
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 53
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 51
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Substances CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 39
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-GSVOUGTGSA-N D-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 38
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 37
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 36
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 36
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N D-alanine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 125000000174 L-prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[C@@]1([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 31
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 30
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 29
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 27
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 26
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 25
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 25
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 25
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 24
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 24
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 21
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 21
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 21
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-RXMQYKEDSA-N D-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 20
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 20
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 18
- IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentachloro-phenol Natural products OC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1Cl IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 18
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 17
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyrrole Substances C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UWTATZPHSA-N D-Asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 16
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 15
- XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F XBNGYFFABRKICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 14
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Chemical compound CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 14
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 14
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 13
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 13
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 12
- VVQIIIAZJXTLRE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-2-amino-6-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O VVQIIIAZJXTLRE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 108010031480 Artificial Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 11
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UWTATZPHSA-N D-Serine Chemical compound OC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 10
- QMKYBPDZANOJGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QMKYBPDZANOJGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000000538 pentafluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(*)C(F)=C1F 0.000 description 10
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 10
- QPFMBZIOSGYJDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(Cl)Cl QPFMBZIOSGYJDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- MCSXGCZMEPXKIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-4-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-N-(3-nitrophenyl)naphthalene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound Cc1ccc(N=Nc2c(O)c(cc3ccccc23)C(=O)Nc2cccc(c2)[N+]([O-])=O)c(c1)[N+]([O-])=O MCSXGCZMEPXKIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 9
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910000343 potassium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZHGNHOOVYPHPNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amigdalin Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OCC1OC(OCC2OC(OC(C#N)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C2OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C1OC(=O)C(F)(F)F ZHGNHOOVYPHPNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 0 Cc1cc(*)cc(*)c1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(*)cc(*)c1 0.000 description 7
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 7
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002884 conformational search Methods 0.000 description 7
- HOXINJBQVZWYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenbutatin oxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)C[Sn](O[Sn](CC(C)(C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)(CC(C)(C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)CC(C)(C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)(CC(C)(C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HOXINJBQVZWYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfate Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])(=O)=O CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 7
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- UWCPYKQBIPYOLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,3,5-tricarbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC(C(Cl)=O)=CC(C(Cl)=O)=C1 UWCPYKQBIPYOLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940113088 dimethylacetamide Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 150000002678 macrocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000000324 molecular mechanic Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 6
- SSJXIUAHEKJCMH-PHDIDXHHSA-N (1r,2r)-cyclohexane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound N[C@@H]1CCCC[C@H]1N SSJXIUAHEKJCMH-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 5
- VKDYWLKLAIJZPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3,5-bis(bromomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(CBr)=CC(CBr)=C1 VKDYWLKLAIJZPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FOQABOMYTOFLPZ-ISLYRVAYSA-N Disperse Red 1 Chemical compound C1=CC(N(CCO)CC)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 FOQABOMYTOFLPZ-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005264 electron capture Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000002764 solid phase assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JJYKJUXBWFATTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+)-(S)-MTPA chloride Natural products COC(C(O)=O)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 JJYKJUXBWFATTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-trichloroethane Chemical compound ClCC(Cl)Cl UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WCGJGCIAAVMMBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-o,5-o-dimethyl 3-o-(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl) benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C=2F)F)=C1 WCGJGCIAAVMMBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RRWZZMHRVSMLCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butylazaniumyl)acetate Chemical compound CCCCNCC(O)=O RRWZZMHRVSMLCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BHUGZIJOVAVBOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(propylazaniumyl)acetate Chemical compound CCCNCC(O)=O BHUGZIJOVAVBOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IQUPABOKLQSFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O IQUPABOKLQSFBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-benzotriazol-4-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC2=C1N=NN2 JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182821 L-proline Natural products 0.000 description 3
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YPIGGYHFMKJNKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylglycine Chemical compound CC[NH2+]CC([O-])=O YPIGGYHFMKJNKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001475023 Neope Species 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- HYGWNUKOUCZBND-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide Chemical compound [NH2-] HYGWNUKOUCZBND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012069 chiral reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001470 diamides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000005710 macrocyclization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-[2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=1CN(CC(=O)OC)CCN(CC(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C)=O OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 3
- LKPFBGKZCCBZDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hydroxypiperidine Chemical compound ON1CCCCC1 LKPFBGKZCCBZDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- JJYKJUXBWFATTE-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methoxy-2-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CO[C@@](C(O)=O)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 JJYKJUXBWFATTE-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QITBKIGOBMSJBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-5,5,5-trifluoro-4-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)NC(CC(C)C(F)(F)F)C(O)=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 QITBKIGOBMSJBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWOOKDULMBMMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-ethyl-1,2-oxazol-2-ium-5-yl)benzenesulfonate Chemical compound O1[N+](CC)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 MWOOKDULMBMMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCDLCPLAAKUJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[3-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-6-yl]phenyl]morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1C1=CC=C(C2=CN3N=CC(=C3N=C2)C2=CNN=C2)C=C1 WCDLCPLAAKUJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000252095 Congridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WZKSXHQDXQKIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N F[C](F)F Chemical compound F[C](F)F WZKSXHQDXQKIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical class NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JPYHHZQJCSQRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phloroglucinol Natural products CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCCC(=O)C1=C(O)C=C(O)C=C1O JPYHHZQJCSQRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOUPEELXVYPCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valylglycine Chemical compound CC(C)C(N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O IOUPEELXVYPCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IDWDEHYPSCTKFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3,5-bis(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC(CN)=CC(CN)=C1 IDWDEHYPSCTKFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC=C BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005815 base catalysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- YMHQVDAATAEZLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,1-diamine Chemical class NC1(N)CCCCC1 YMHQVDAATAEZLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001687 destabilization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BADXJIPKFRBFOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimedone Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(=O)CC(=O)C1 BADXJIPKFRBFOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940116441 divinylbenzene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003932 ketenimines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSBVSAFEJMPKLZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N methyl (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-(4-prop-2-enoxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=C(OCC=C)C=C1 OSBVSAFEJMPKLZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VXYFARNRGZWHTJ-FVGYRXGTSA-N methyl (2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VXYFARNRGZWHTJ-FVGYRXGTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QRPZZLKNYISLAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[[bis[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]amino]methyl]-5-(bromomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(CBr)=CC(CN(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)=C1 QRPZZLKNYISLAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000000033 nuclear magnetic resonance titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010011903 peptide receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000014187 peptide receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- QCDYQQDYXPDABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloroglucinol Chemical compound OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1 QCDYQQDYXPDABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001553 phloroglucinol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003140 primary amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- WRIKHQLVHPKCJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N([Na])[Si](C)(C)C WRIKHQLVHPKCJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003335 steric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- XCAQIUOFDMREBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C XCAQIUOFDMREBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000036964 tight binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001665 trituration Methods 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PONXTPCRRASWKW-ZIAGYGMSSA-N (1r,2r)-1,2-diphenylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)[C@H](N)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 PONXTPCRRASWKW-ZIAGYGMSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOINEDRPUPHALH-IMJSIDKUSA-N (2r,3r)-2,3-diaminobutane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)[C@@H](N)CO JOINEDRPUPHALH-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVHJQCGUWFKTSE-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C QVHJQCGUWFKTSE-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTIZBDONHCJEL-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-amino-n,3-dimethylbutanamide Chemical compound CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C OKTIZBDONHCJEL-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SETXOSHLSVQYMC-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methoxy-2-phenylpropanamide Chemical compound CO[C@@](C(N)=O)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 SETXOSHLSVQYMC-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCCCIUGOOQLDGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dicyclohexylurea Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N(C(=O)N)C1CCCCC1 SCCCIUGOOQLDGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dicyclohexylurea Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC(=O)NC1CCCCC1 ADFXKUOMJKEIND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLTWIJREHQCJJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-trimethylsilylethanol Chemical compound CC(O)[Si](C)(C)C ZLTWIJREHQCJJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDVMCQUOSYOQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C(C(N)=O)[Si](C)(C)C NDVMCQUOSYOQMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUMAXZCGVGVTFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-(bromomethyl)-3-methylbenzoate Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C([O-])=O)=C1CBr AUMAXZCGVGVTFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical group CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HBAHZZVIEFRTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-heptylcyclohex-2-en-1-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCC1=CCCCC1=O HBAHZZVIEFRTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDTMFDGELKWGFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropan-2-olate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[O-] SDTMFDGELKWGFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNGINKJHQQQORD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-trimethylsilylethanol Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCO ZNGINKJHQQQORD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZTUPNXWTOBHSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-bis(bromomethyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(CBr)=CC(CBr)=C1 RZTUPNXWTOBHSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYPYHUZRZVSYKL-ZETCQYMHSA-N 3,5-diiodo-L-tyrosine Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 NYPYHUZRZVSYKL-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMVOQQDNEYOJOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 UMVOQQDNEYOJOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoxyprop-1-ene Chemical compound C=CCOCC=C ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAOINXWEFKZYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(1-methyl-2-oxoquinolin-4-yl)oxy-n-(4-methylpyridin-2-yl)butanamide;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC1=CC=NC(NC(=O)CCCOC=2C3=CC=CC=C3N(C)C(=O)C=2)=C1 JAOINXWEFKZYIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIJCFPJBCLYMSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-o-methyl 1-o,3-o-bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl) benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylate Chemical compound C=1C(C(=O)OC)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C=2F)F)=CC=1C(=O)OC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F XIJCFPJBCLYMSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPAHAKGPDUIPJ-CIUDSAMLSA-N Ala-Gln-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O CZPAHAKGPDUIPJ-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXISPYVYMQWFLE-VKHMYHEASA-N Ala-Gly Chemical compound C[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)NCC([O-])=O CXISPYVYMQWFLE-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQIGTEQXYCRLGK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Ala-Gly-Pro Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O MQIGTEQXYCRLGK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001450 Alpha-Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000287630 Anthela barnardi Species 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100015199 Caenorhabditis elegans gly-11 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical compound NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- FKCLATXYZMWZTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cl.Cl.Cl.NC(N)(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.NC(N)(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 FKCLATXYZMWZTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNLDNOJODJQLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cl.Cl.Cl.NCC=1C(=C(C=CC1)CN)CN Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.NCC=1C(=C(C=CC1)CN)CN PNLDNOJODJQLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000030 D-alanine group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@](C([H])([H])[H])(C(=O)[*])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229930195715 D-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930182820 D-proline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002849 D-tyrosine group Chemical class [H]N([H])[C@@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRSNDVCODIMOFX-MPKOGUQCSA-N Fc1c(Cl)cccc1[C@H]1[C@@H](NC2(CCCCC2)[C@@]11C(=O)Nc2cc(Cl)ccc12)C(=O)Nc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)NCCCCCc1cccc2C(=O)N(Cc12)C1CCC(=O)NC1=O Chemical compound Fc1c(Cl)cccc1[C@H]1[C@@H](NC2(CCCCC2)[C@@]11C(=O)Nc2cc(Cl)ccc12)C(=O)Nc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)NCCCCCc1cccc2C(=O)N(Cc12)C1CCC(=O)NC1=O RRSNDVCODIMOFX-MPKOGUQCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000010917 Friedel-Crafts cyclization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101000841267 Homo sapiens Long chain 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003580 L-valyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 102100029107 Long chain 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001367 Merrifield resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003047 N-acetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- IDGQXGPQOGUGIX-VIFPVBQESA-N O-BENZYL-l-SERINE Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COCC1=CC=CC=C1 IDGQXGPQOGUGIX-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016979 Other receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- VRDIULHPQTYCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Prothionamide Chemical compound CCCC1=CC(C(N)=S)=CC=N1 VRDIULHPQTYCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- IDKGBVZGNTYYCC-QXEWZRGKSA-N Val-Asn-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O IDKGBVZGNTYYCC-QXEWZRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIUBUQCVMSKCLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2,3-bis(aminomethyl)phenyl]methanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC(CN)=C1CN CIUBUQCVMSKCLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000007171 acid catalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005076 adamantyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)OC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010047495 alanylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001370 alpha-amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N alpha-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043377 alpha-cyclodextrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004645 aluminates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VNEMVKOXLBIWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminomethyl benzoate Chemical compound NCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VNEMVKOXLBIWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPQNMKIMOCEJIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,2,3-trithiol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC(S)=C1S PPQNMKIMOCEJIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-MZWXYZOWSA-N benzene-d6 Chemical compound [2H]C1=C([2H])C([2H])=C([2H])C([2H])=C1[2H] UHOVQNZJYSORNB-MZWXYZOWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001743 benzylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006367 bivalent amino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])C([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- MDQDBTCGQGXTBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromomethyl benzoate Chemical compound BrCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MDQDBTCGQGXTBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003965 capillary gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013375 chromatographic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- VXRCGPPYOINCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,1-diamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.NC1(N)CCCCC1 VXRCGPPYOINCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001934 cyclohexanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005595 deprotonation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010537 deprotonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004427 diamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;propan-2-one Chemical compound ClCCl.CC(C)=O FDSGHYHRLSWSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrosinapic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CCC1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(OC)=C1 POCFBDFTJMJWLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyldichlorosilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(Cl)Cl LIKFHECYJZWXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylamine Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCN JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N ethyl (2s,5s)-5-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCOC(=O)[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C)N1 VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- SLGWESQGEUXWJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde;phenol Chemical compound O=C.OC1=CC=CC=C1 SLGWESQGEUXWJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005337 ground glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091008039 hormone receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009878 intermolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006841 macrolactonization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MCDPDBYTUAIZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-(aminomethyl)-5-(bromomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC(CN)=CC(CBr)=C1 MCDPDBYTUAIZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGJXBDMLVWIYOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylazanide Chemical compound [NH-]C MGJXBDMLVWIYOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNPFMWCWRVTGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N mianserin hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].C1C2=CC=CC=C2N2CCN(C)CC2C2=CC=CC=C21 YNPFMWCWRVTGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- ULWOJODHECIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C)C ULWOJODHECIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- YQWPJHSDJOAZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-tritylformamide Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(NC=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YQWPJHSDJOAZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-amino-hydroxylamine Chemical class NON SBOJXQVPLKSXOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002801 octanoyl group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XHRRYUDVWPPWIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CCCCCOC(Cl)=O XHRRYUDVWPPWIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008039 phosphoramides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940052586 pro 12 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPPDXAHGCGPUPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N red 2 Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C(C1=CC=CC=C11)=C(C=2C=3C4=CC=C5C6=CC=C7C8=C(C=9C=CC=CC=9)C9=CC=CC=C9C(C=9C=CC=CC=9)=C8C8=CC=C(C6=C87)C(C=35)=CC=2)C4=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 WPPDXAHGCGPUPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001044 red dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004062 sedimentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002922 simulated annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000967 suction filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GMPQGWXPDRNCBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-[4-[4-amino-1-[2-[4-(dimethylamino)piperidin-1-yl]ethyl]pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-yl]-2-methoxyphenyl]carbamate Chemical compound NC1=C2C(=NC=N1)N(N=C2C1=CC(=C(C=C1)NC(OC(C)(C)C)=O)OC)CCN1CCC(CC1)N(C)C GMPQGWXPDRNCBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFKDJXLFVYVEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl carbamate Chemical group CC(C)(C)OC(N)=O LFKDJXLFVYVEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOLIFIOLILZQQH-NSHDSACASA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(N)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IOLIFIOLILZQQH-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JMXKSZRRTHPKDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium ethoxide Chemical compound [Ti+4].CC[O-].CC[O-].CC[O-].CC[O-] JMXKSZRRTHPKDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108010002164 tyrosine receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000002371 ultraviolet--visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains four or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B57/00—Separation of optically-active compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B63/00—Purification; Separation; Stabilisation; Use of additives
- C07B63/04—Use of additives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
- C07D513/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D513/18—Bridged systems
Definitions
- This invention relates to the field of molecular recognition of small ligands. More particularly, the invention relates to compositions useful for the purification of enantiomers of amino acid derivatives and for the purification of certain compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, methods for preparing these compositions, and methods for using them.
- Standard approaches to the optical resolution and purification of organic and biological molecules include crystallization, distillation, extraction, and chromatography (Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1962).
- Each methodology is based on a physical or chemical interaction of a molecule with an element of its environment, and may involve molecular sizing, electrostatics, hydrophobicity, sterics, or polarity.
- the efficiency of purification increases as the differences in interaction energy for all the species present in the mixture increase.
- the relevant interactions for cystallization are crystal lattice forces and solvation of the molecule; for distillation, the interaction is a liquid-gas phase transition; while for extraction and chromatography, the interaction is exchange between non-miscible phases.
- the subject invention relates to a composition of matter having the structure:
- the invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest able to form hydrogen bonds from a mixture of organic compounds which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention further provides a process of preparing the composition which comprises: (a) reacting a chiral multifunctional reagent containing at least one protecting group with a compound having the structure:
- step (c) treating the compound formed in step (b) with a condensing agent under conditions permitting multiple macrolactamization so as to thereby form the composition.
- the subject invention further provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- the subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- A has the structure :
- R 1 is H, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group.
- the subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- composition of matter having the structure:
- the invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- composition of matter having the structure:
- the subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3.
- Figure 1 shows a scheme for the practical synthesis host molecule 2: (a) Methanol/ammonia 4:1, rt, 2 days, 97%; (b) Boc 2 O, i-Pr 2 NEt, 4-DMAP (10 mol %), CH 2 Cl 2 , 1 h, 90%; (c) NaN(TMS) 2 , THF, -78°C, 3 min; add tetra-n-butylammonium iodide and methyl 3,5-bis(bromomethyl)benzoate; warm to 10°C, 2 h, 82%; (d) benzene-1, 3 , 5-trithiol, i-Pr 2 NEt, THF, 8 h, 78%; (e) TFA, anisole, CH 2 Cl 2 , rt, 16 h, quant; (f) Boc 2 O, i-Pr 2 NEt, K 2 CO 3 , CH 2 Cl 2 , rt, 24 h, 86%; (g) T
- Figure 2 shows a diagram of a model for receptor-substrate binding.
- Figure 3 shows composition 13a*.
- Figure 4 shows a synthesis of 13a*.
- Figure 5 shows compositions 11a* and 12*.
- Figure 6(a) shows a synthesis of composition 11a*.
- Figure 6(b) shows a synthesis of composition 12*.
- Figure 7(a) shows compositions laa, lbb, lcc and 2aa.
- Figure 7(b) shows a synthesis of composition 2aa.
- Figure 8(a) shows compositions A 4 B 6 , precursors thereof (A, B), and precursors of A 4 B1 6 and A 4 B2 6 (B1 and B2, respectively).
- Figure 8(b) shows a synthesis of labeled composition 2'.
- Figure 9(a) shows compositions 1'' and 2''.
- Figure 9(b) shows a comparison of models for interaction between compositions 1 and 1'' with a peptide substrate.
- Figure 9(c) shows key intermediates 3'' and 4'' in the synthesis of composition 1".
- Figure 10 shows gray-scale histograms of substrate sequence binding for 2".
- composition of matter having the structure:
- X, Y, and Z are each O; in another embodiment, they are each S.
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each phenyl, or they are each 4-hydroxyphenyl.
- n is desirably 1.
- the invention further provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the chiral host composition defined hereinabove under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
- the process is used to purify enantiomers of amino acid derivatives, of which diamides are particularly effective.
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the chiral host composition defined hereinabove under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the process is used to purify derivatives of amino acids differing in side-chains. The process is particularly well suited to purify diamide derivatives of amino acids.
- compositions of interest are bind it to a solid support such that a chromatographic adsorbent results which is specific for enantiomeric isomers of compounds of interest and other organic compounds of interest which differ only in side-chain substitution.
- Effective use of the composition bound to a solid support is made to obtain the enantiomeric isomers of an amino acid derivative in a purified form and to obtain a purified organic compound of interest able to form hydrogen bonds from a mixture of compounds.
- the compound to be purified by the composition is preferably a diamide.
- the invention further provides a process of preparing the composition, which comprises:
- step (b) treating the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to cleave one protecting group to form a compound having the structure:
- step (c) treating the compound formed in step (b) with a condensing agent under conditions permitting multiple macrolactamization, thereby forming the desired composition.
- the preparation of the composition strategically exploits its C 3 symmetry.
- the synthesis of the composition could proceed in a manner analogous to the detailed experimental examples given hereinbelow for embodiments in which X, Y, and Z are S, and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are 4-hydroxy phenyl, except that if there is only one protecting group in the chiral multifunctional reagent of step (a), then none of the side-group protection reactions would pertain.
- step (a) above can be carried out by several alternative methods of forming amide bonds.
- One approach is to contact the achiral tetraaromatic triamino triester above shown with the p-nitrophenyl active ester of the chiral multifunctional reagent, made from p-nitrophenol, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
- the reaction may be performed in the presence of aprotic dipolar solvents, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, or dimethylsulfoxide, diluted with a miscible cosolvent, such as dichloromethane, to the extent required to achieve solubility of all reactants, at temperatures from about 0 to 100°C, preferably from 0 to 30°C.
- aprotic dipolar solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, or dimethylsulfoxide
- a miscible cosolvent such as dichloromethane
- the chiral multifunctional reagent containing at least one protecting group in step (a) is an amino acid containing an N-protecting group.
- the amino acid is L-phenylalanine or L-tyrosine.
- the N-protecting group is preferably chosen such that it may be removed in process step (b) by an acid, for example, trifluoroacetic acid.
- process step (b) involves the removal of three protecting groups on the tetraaromatic intermediate.
- This reaction could be effected by any method corresponding to the lability of the protecting group.
- a large variety of protecting groups are available for the purpose, including t-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl, 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, and p-toluensulfonyl. While a preferred method is to use acid-sensitive BOC groups, other effective protecting groups also removable by acid include biphenylisopropyloxycarbonyl (Bpoc) and adamantyloxycarbonyl (Adoc). Still other protecting groups may be selected such that alternative methods of removal are feasible according to the invention, including photolytic, reductive, electrochemical, and mild base conditions. This flexibility allows a wide range of chiral multifunctional reagents to be used to prepare the composition.
- the protecting ester group for example, methyl
- the protecting ester group for example, methyl
- the carboxylic acid by (i) transesterification with trimethylsilylethanol, followed by (ii) fluoride-induced silane elimination.
- the condensing agent in step (c) could comprise a reagent generated (i) from an agent selected from a group comprising pentafluorophenol, hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-nitrophenol, 2-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, hydroxysuccinimide, and hydroxypiperidine and (ii) from an agent selected from a group consisting of N,N-dicyclohexyldiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, and carbonyldiimidazole.
- condensing methods may also serve the purpose, including Woodward's reagent K, mixed anhydrides, triphenylphosphine/2,2'-dipyridyl sulfide, ketenimines, and acyloxyphosphonium salts.
- the condensing agent is the combination of N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and pentafluorophenol. If the multifunctional chiral reagent of step (a) contains an alcohol function, the process of steps (b) and (c) could be simply adapted to generate three ester linkages after multiple macrolactonization. Other modifications in the multifunctional chiral reagent of step (a) could be readily envisioned to form such alternative linkages as thioesters, thionoesters, and phosphoramides.
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are 4-hydroxyphenyl which should be made by coupling with the suitably protected multifunctional chiral reagent Boc-L-tyrosine (Tyr).
- the protecting group on the Tyr is preferably an allyl ether.
- composition of matter hereinafter denoted 9 having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are independently the same or different and are H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group;
- X is CH 2 or NH;
- n is 0 to about 3.
- the subject invention provides a composition wherein X is NH.
- the invention provides a composition wherein R 1 and R 2 are H.
- the subject invention also provides a composition of matter (hereinafter referred to as 10) having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- R 1 is H, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group.
- the invention provides a composition wherein R 1 is a phenyl group.
- the invention provides a composition wherein R 1 is a benzyloxymethyl group.
- composition of matter (hereinafter referred to as 2A) having the structure:
- the subject invention also provides a compound which comprises the compositions of matter 9, 10, or 2A, bound to a solid support.
- the subject invention further provides a complex which comprises the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
- the invention provides a composition wherein the derivative is an amide.
- the subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
- the subject invention further provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention provides a process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
- the subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are H and n is 1 which comprises:
- step (b) hydrolyzing the compound formed by step (a) under suitable conditions to form an acid compound having the structure:
- step (c) treating the compound formed in step (b) under suitable conditions so as to activate the acid compound to form a compound having the structure:
- step (d) reacting the compound formed in step (c) under suitable conditions with a compound having the structure:
- step (e) saponifying the compound formed by step (d) under suitable conditions to form a diacid having the structure:
- step (f) activating the diacid formed in step (e) under suitable conditions to form a compound having the structure:
- step (g) deprotecting the compound formed in step (f) under suitable conditions to form a diamino diacid having the structure:
- step (h) dimerizing the diamino diacid formed in step (g) under suitable conditions to form the composition having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are H and n is l.
- esters other than methyl esters may be used in an equivalent manner for the purposes of the process.
- Other useful esters include ethyl, propyl, phenol, and benzyl esters.
- the condensing agent in step (a) could comprise a reagent generated (i) from an agent selected from a group comprising pentafluorophenol, hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-nitrophenol, 2-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, hydroxysuccinimide, and hydroxypiperidine and (ii) from an agent selected from a group consisting of N,N-dicyclohexyldiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, and carbonyldiimidazole.
- Condensing methods may also serve the purpose, including Woodward's reagent K, mixed anhydrides, triphenylphosphine/2, 2'-dipyridyl sulfide, ketenimines, and acyloxyphosphonium salts.
- Hydrolyzing step (b) may be performed using base or acid catalysis, though preferably base catalysis.
- Treating step (c) is effected by a wide variety of procedures, including reaction of pentafluorophenol with DCC or 1-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC).
- Reacting step (d) is performed in the presence of a nonnucleophilic base such as triethylamine.
- a nonnucleophilic base such as triethylamine.
- Good solvents for the purpose include dimethyl acetamide or dimethyl formamide.
- Saponifying step (e) is carried out using a base, such as sodium hydroxide.
- bases which effect the step include lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- Activating step (f) is effectively performed using an activating agent such as
- step (g) is carried out preferrably under mildly acidic conditions.
- Useful acids include trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic acid and hydrochloric acid in dioxane solution. Scavengers such as anisole help prevent untoward alkylation reactions.
- Dimerizing step (h) may be effectively performed in the presence of a mild nonnucleophilic base, such as diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
- the subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
- A is a 1,3,5-trisubstituted phenyl moiety and R 1 and R 2 are H and n is 1 which comprises:
- R 1 and R 2 are H and n is 1.
- the reacting step may be effectively performed as a onepot procedure in the presence of a mild nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine.
- a mild nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine.
- Useful solvents include dipolar nonaqueous solvents such as dimethyl formamide and tetrahydrofuran.
- the reaction may be carried out over a range of temperatures from -25°C to 60°C, but preferably at 0-10°C.
- the subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
- step (b) reacting the compound formed by step (a) with an acylating agent under suitable conditions to form a plurally acylated compound having the structure:
- step (c) reacting the plurally acylated compound formed by step (b) with a compound having the structure:
- step (d) reacting the alkylated amide formed by step (c) with benzene-1,3,5-trithiol under suitable conditions to form a sulfide having the structure:
- step (e) deprotecting the sulfide formed by step (d) under suitable conditions to form a free amine ester having thh structure:
- step (f) re-acylating the free amine ester formed by step (e) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine ester having the structure:
- step (g) saponifying the acylamine ester formed by step (f) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine acid having the structure:
- step (h) activating the acylamine acid formed by step (g) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine activated ester having the structure:
- step (i) de-protecting the acylamine activated ester formed by step (h) under suitable conditions to form a free amine activated ester having the structure:
- Reacting step (a) may be carried out in the presence of a miscible co-solvent such as methanol, and occurs in high yield when performed at ambient temperatures.
- Reacting step (b) may be carried out using a variety of acylating agents in the presence of nonnucleophilic base and 4-dimethylaminopyridine catalyst. Common agents include t-Boc-Cl and Amyloxycarbonyl chloride.
- Reacting step (c) is efficiently performed using sodium hexamethyldisilylazide in tetrahydrofuran solution. Preferred temperatures range from -80°C to -70°C.
- Reacting step (d) is readily effected in the presence of a nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran.
- Deprotecting step (e) occurs well by using a mild acid, such as trifluoacetic acid in the presence of a scavenger such as anisole.
- Reacylating step (f) is carried out using a variety of acylating agents.
- t-Boc 2 O is a preferred acylating agent for the purposes of the synthesis.
- Saponifying step (g) may be carried out using such bases as lithium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide.
- Lithium hydroxide is a preferred base.
- Activating step (h) is carried out using pentafluorophenol in the presence of various condensing agents, including DCC and EDC.
- De-protecting step (i) may be performed using a mild acid such as trifluoroacetic acid and a scavenger.
- Cyclizing step (j) is performed using a dropwise addition technique and a nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent such as dimethyl acetamide or dimethyl formamide.
- Receptors 1 and 2 are capable of high binding selectivity among simple amino acid derivatives (Table I).
- the chiral host compounds may be utilized in any manner suitable for the intended purpose.
- the host may be covalently bound to a polymer by modification of the synthetic method described above by replacing phloroglucinol or a similar starting material with one which has the additional substitution of an alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, linker containing a reactive moiety at its terminus, comprising a halide, amine, carboxylate, alcohol, or thiol, if necessary in suitably protected form.
- the resulting chiral polymer may serve as an adsorbent for use as a convenient extractive reagent, in which the polymer may be combined with a mixture of racemic amino acid derivatives or a mixture of compounds related by differing side-chain substitution in a range of polar or nonpolar solvents.
- the polymeric complex is then separated by gravity or suction filtration, centrifugation, or sedimentation and decanting.
- the desired enantiomeric derivative or related compound may be obtained by washing the polymer with a suitable buffer, solvent, or mixture of solvents at a temperature suitable for releasing the derivative from the polymeric host.
- the chiral polymer may also serve as an adsorbent in a chromatographic column, in which the mixture of enantiomers or related compounds may bind with different affinities, and then be eluted after washing with a suitable buffer, solvent, or mixture of solvents.
- the adsorbent is preferably prepared using finer meshes (>400 U.S.
- Any polymeric resin selected from the group consisting of polyacrylamide, phenolformaldehyde polymers, polymethacrylate, carbohydrates, aluminates, and silicates may serve as the solid medium.
- the chiral hosts of the subject invention bind diamides of certain amino acids with high selectivity which is dependent upon the nature of the amino acid side chain (2-kcal/mol for serine vs alanine) and the identity of the N-alkyl substituent (>3 kcal/mol for methyl vs tert- butyl).
- These synthetic hosts are among the most enantioselective known, and bind certain derivatives of L-amino acids with selectivities as high as 3 kcal/mol. No other composition has been available to the art which achieves binding energy differentials of the magnitude herein disclosed for diastereoselective complexation of amino acid derivatives.
- composition of matter having the structure:
- the invention provides the composition wherein A, B and C are O.
- the invention provides the composition wherein A, B and C are S.
- the invention also provides the composition wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl.
- the invention further provides the composition wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are 4-hydroxymethylphenyl.
- the invention also provides the composition wherein R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently 4-allyloxyphenyl, 4-alkoxyphenyl, 4- acyloxyphenyl or 4-(dye-substituted-acyloxy)phehnyl.
- the invention provides the composition 43, wherein n is 1.
- the invention provides a compound which comprises the composition having the structure:
- the invention provides a compound which comprises the above composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
- the invention provides the compound above wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition having the structure:
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition shown above under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
- the invention provides the above processed directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
- the invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- A has the structure:
- the invention provides the above composition wherein R 1 and R 2 are H. In another embodiment, the invention provides the composition wherein Q is an acyl group. In a certain embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein the acyl moiety is:
- the invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition of matter bound to a solid support.
- the invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
- the invention provides the above compound wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
- A has the structure:
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
- the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
- the subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- the invention provides the above composition wherein A, B and C are 0.
- the invention provides the above composition wherein A, B and C are NH.
- the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl group.
- the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule.
- the invention provides6 the above composition wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
- the invention provides the above composition wherein n is 1 or 2.
- the invention provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition of matter bound to a solid support.
- the invention provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
- the invention provides the compound above wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
- the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
- the permeable membrane is one of the type used to filter and separate molecules according to selected physical parameters, such as size, molecular weight, etc.
- a variety of synthetic and natural memranes are suitable for the purpose, including polyamide, nylon, perfluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, etc.
- the subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3.
- the invention provides the above composition wherein R 1 and R 2 are H.
- the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl group. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule. In another particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
- the invention also provides a compound which comprises the composition of matter having the above structure bound to a solid support.
- the invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
- the invention provides the above compound wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3; under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
- the invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
- the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
- the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
- N- ⁇ -BOC-L-tyrosine methyl ester (12.5 g, 42.3 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was treated with allyl bromide (4.5 ml, 51.8 mmol), tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (12 g, 86.4 mmol) and allowed to stir overnight.
- reaction mixture was diluted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate, extracted with two 200 ml portions of 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid, two 200 ml portions of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and 100 ml saturated aqueous sodium chloride.
- the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using a gradient of 100% chloroform - 5% methanol/chloroform to yield the product (892 mg, 65% yield) as a pale yellow powder.
- a solid phase peptide reaction vessel was charged with Merrifield resin (chloromethylated polystyrene cross-linked with 2% divinylbenzene ; 100 mg, 0. 100 meq), the macrocyclic tris-phenol made according to Example 16 (110.0 mg, 0.100 mmol), potassium carbonate (14 mg, 0.100 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (2 ml).
- the mixture was placed on a rotary agitator for four days.
- the reaction mixture was washed successively with 5 ⁇ 5 ml portions of methylene chloride, methanol, deionized water, methanol, and methylene chloride.
- the resulting solid was dried under high vacuum and weighed to dermine the amount of alkylation.
- the coupled resin weighed 116.3 mg (approximately 15% based on chloromethyl groups).
- the organic washes were diluted with 100 ml ethyl acetate and extracted with 50 ml portions of 1 M aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride.
- the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and chromatographed using 10% methanol/chloroform to recover unreacted tris-phenol (40.1 mg).
- the infrared spectrum shows type I, II, and III amide bands (1650, 1510, and 1230 cm -1 ).
- N- ⁇ -BOC-L-alanine p-nitrophenyl ester On neutralization with triethylamine, the resulting amine was reacted with N- ⁇ -BOC-L-alanine p-nitrophenyl ester to give N- ⁇ -BOC-L-alanylvaline methylamide (19.0 mg, 97.2%) after chromatography.
- NMR integration and comparison with authentic DL diastereomeric compounds revealed an 85:15 mixture of diastereomers, i.e., 70% enantiomeric enrichment.
- the resin could be regenerated by washing five times with 50 ml portions of methanol, dried under a stream of argon, and re-swelled with chloroform.
- Ammonia (20 mL) was condensed into a solution of N-Boc-O-allyl-L-tyrosine methyl ester in CH 3 OH (60 mL) at -78 °C in a high pressure glass reaction vessel. The vessel was sealed and slowly warmed to rt. After 2 days, the vessel was cooled to -78 °C and opened. Argon was bubbled through the solution while it was allowed to warm slowly to rt. After 1 h, the solution was transferred to a round-bottom flask and all volatiles were removed.
- i-Pr 2 -NEt 6.52 mL, 37.5 mmol
- DMAP 192 mg, 1.56 mmol
- di-tert-butyl dicarbonate 5.12 g, 23.5 mmol
- Nona-Boc Trisulfide 6 Compound 5 (2.0 g, 2.63 mmol) was added to a suspension of benzene-1, 3 , 5-trithiol 6 (140 mg, 0.80 mmol) and i-Pr 2 NEt (610 ⁇ L, 35.1 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at rt. The reaction mixture was quenched with aq NH 4 C1 after 6 h and extracted with ether (2X).
- Pentafluorophenyl Ester of 7. A solution of 1 M aq LiOH (15 mL, 15 mmol) was added to 7 (500 mg, 0.309 mmol) in THF/EtOH/H 2 O (6:3:2, 100 mL). The reaction mixture was poured into 1. M aq KHSO 4 after 8 h and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). After the extracts were washed with brine and dried, solvent removal afforded the crude acid as a light brown powder which was washed with ether.
- Pentafluorophenol 600 mg, 3.26 mmol
- 1-(3-(dimethylamino) propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride 320 mg, 1.69 mmol
- THF 7.0 mL
- Tyrosine Macrocycle 2A Anisole (12 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (60 mL) were added via syringe to a stirring solution of the above tris (pentafluorophenyl ester) (3.16 g, 1.52 mmol) in CH 2 -Cl 2 (125 mL). After 6 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The resulting pink oil was triturated with ether to yield the tris-TFA amine salt as a white powder (3.20 g).
- O-Allyltyrosine methyl ester (20 mg, 0.084 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (S)-(-)-methoxy(trifluoromethyl) phenyl-acetic acid (28.0 mg, 0.120 mmol) and DCC (40 mg, 0.20 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (0.50 mL). After 3 h the reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 (10.0 mL), filtered, and washed with 0.5 M aq NaOH.
- EXAMPLE 21 One-step synthesis of 9. To an ice cold solution of (-)-(1R, 2R)-diaminocyclohexane (24 mg, 0.211 mmol) and iPrNEt 2 (0.11 mL, 0.417 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and dimethylacetamide (10 mL) was added 1,3,5-benzenetricarbonyl trichloride (36 mg, 0.139 mmol) as a single portion with stirring. After 2 hours at 0 °C, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an additional 12 hours.
- 3aa To a solution of trimesic acid pentafluorophenyl dimethyl ester (0.42 g, 1.04 mmol) and tri (aminomethyl) benzene triHCl salt (86 mg, 0.31 mmol) in 10 mL of dry N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA) was added 0.36 mL of iPr 2 NEt. After stirring 8 hr, the mixture was concentrated at reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 ) to give 3aa as an amorphous white solid (0.20 g, 78%).
- DMA dry N,N-dimethylacetamide
- EXAMPLE 25 A 2 B 2 dimethyl ester (3').
- DMA dimethylacetamide
- N-Succinyl dye-3R,4R-pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salt (5').
- Dyed receptor (2') A solution of 0.12 g of Ms (pentafluorophenyl) ester 4' (0.131 mmol) and 0.11 g of 5' TFA 2 (0.146 mmol, 1.1 eq.) in 10 mL of DMA was added via syringe pump over 20 h to a solution of 0.23 mL of iPr 2 NEt (1.31 mmol) in 200 ml of THF at 28°C. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure.
- Solid Phase Binding Assay The solid phase substrate library was prepared by the encoded split synthesis as described previously and included 50,625 different acylated tripeptide sequences corresponding to all possible combinations of the 15 acylating agents and 15 amino acids (used three times) listed in the text.
- a 10 mg sample of the library ( ⁇ 10 5 beads) was mixed in a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube with 0.3 mL of ⁇ 50 ⁇ M 2 ' in CHCl 3 . After agitation on a wrist-action shaker for 48 h, ⁇ 1% of the beads were found to be stained deep red. Fifty-five of these deep red beads were picked by hand under a 4X wide-field microscope and photolyzed (350 nm, 4 hrs) in 1-2 ⁇ L of DMF to release the tag molecules. After silylation (CH 3 C(OTMS)NTMS, ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ L), electron capture GC was used to analyze the tag complement of each picked bead.
- the C 3 -symmetric receptor 1A (Hong, J.-LI; Namgoong, S.K.; Bernardi, A.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 5111) described hereinabove is one of the most enantioselective synthetic receptors yet reported and binds N-Boc-N'-methylamide derivatives of simple amino acids with enantioselectivity ranging from 2 to 3 kcal/mol (90-99% ee) (Other enantioselective hosts for neutral molecules: Canceill, J.; Lacombe, L.; Collet, A.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 107. 6993.
- the O-allyl derivative 2A is appropriate.
- Such otherwise stable ethers can be deprotected (Kunz, H.; Unverzagt, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1984, 23, 436) with transition metals to free phenols or attached (Tambute, A.; Begos, A.; Lienne, M.; Macaudiere, P.; Caude, M.; Rosset, R.; New J. Chem. 1989, 13, 625) directly to a support using free radical chemistry.
- the present synthesis avoids the problematic di-tert-butyl iminodicarboxylate anion coupling and addition of nitrogen and amino acid in separate steps. Instead, a more convergent route is provided in which an N-anionic amino acid fragment would be added to bis (bromomethyl) benzoate in a single step.
- Use of a Boc-stabilized amide ion made from N-Boc-O-allyltyrosine amide is summarized in Figure 1, and proved more reactive to acylation than was the primary amide.
- the major product with 1 equiv of Boc 2 O/DMAP the tri-Boc material could be isolated in 95% yield.
- 5 might be acidic enough to have racemized under the basic conditions of the alkylation.
- a sample of 5 was treated with K 2 CO 3 in methanol and then HCl in methanol.
- the first treatment converted (Flynn, D.A.; Zelle, R.E.; Grieco, P.A. J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 2824) the C-terminal Boc-amide to methyl ester while the second removed the two N-terminal Boc groups, yielding O-allyltyrosine methyl ester.
- the benzylic bromide 5 was then used to triply alkylate sym-trimercaptobenzene (Bellavita, V. Chim. Ital. 1932, 62, 655) using Hunig's base (i-Pr 2 NEt) providing C 3 -symmetric 6 in 78% yield.
- the remainder of the synthesis involved a triple macrolactamization via an activated benzoic acid ester.
- the Boc-substituted amide was quite labile toward acid and base, and conversion of the methyl ester to acid was difficult in its presence.
- the problematic Boc could not be removed from the C-terminal amide without simultaneously deprotecting the tyrosyl amine.
- An effective solution to the problem was to remove all Boc protecting groups with TFA and then restore Boc protection of the free amines with Boc 2 O to obtain 7 in 86% yield over both steps.
- This triple macrolactamization was suitable for reactions of this type and provided 2A in 78% yield after silica gel chromatography.
- 9 was made by first preparing an amide-linked Boc-B-A-B-A-B-Boc oligomer having the two internal carboxylates activated as pentafluorophenyl esters. When this material was deprotected (TFA, anisole) and slowly added to iPr 2 NEt/THF, it dimerized to 9 in 39% yield.
- 9 could be prepared in a single step (13% yield) by simply mixing commercially available A acid trichloride and B at 3 mM concentration with iPr 2 NEt in dry THF.
- a related pair of intramolecular hydrogen bonds closes the unbound end of 9 to produce a deep cavity which fully encapsulates the side chain (R) of a bound L-peptide.
- L-valine With L-valine, this structure places the sidechain isopropyl near the face of the four aromatic rings (A) of 9. It is incompatible with the 1 H NMR of the corresponding L-valine methylamide complex, which shows a 2.5 ppm upfield shift for the side-chain methyls and an ⁇ 1ppm downfield shift of only one of the three different types of host NH's.
- each binding energy is the average of two to five independent measurements on different protons, and the average of two to five independent measurements on different protons, and the largest deviation from the average is ⁇ 0.2 kcal/mol).
- b Enantioselectivity favoring L.
- c PGly phenylglycine.
- NC no complex observed.
- e Oc octanoyl.
- f HSer homoserine.
- peptide derivatives are bound with high selectivity for the L-configuration except when side chains are large (entries 7 and 8).
- Valine and phenylglycine side chains appear to fit the binding cavity quite well, but substantial reductions in binding occur when even single methylenes are added (entries 3 vs 4 and 5 and 6 vs 7 and 8). Removal of side-chain bulk from a near-optimal side chain (iPR) also diminishes binding. Thus stepwise truncation of side-chain iPR to Me to H costs 1.5 kcal/mol per step with L-amino acids. The effect is less significant with D-amino acids, which the model suggests to have side chains projecting away from the binding site and into solvent. Finally, the large binding energies in entries 14 and 15 suggest that 9 can interact associatively with as many as three residues, a feat that appears unique among synthetic receptors. Presumably, the terminal residues of such peptides are able to form additional hydrogen bonds to the outlying amides of the host (NHCO and CONH in the schematic).
- a 4 B 6 macrotricycle described herein is remarkable for several reasons.
- Second, A 4 B 6 is a highly selective receptor for neutral peptides. For example, it binds derivatives of L amino acids with enantioselectivities as high as 99% ee and can also distinguish between peptides based on the steric requirements of their sidechains.
- this sidechain selectivity can be quite large and exceed 3 kcal/mol even when the peptides being compared differ only by a single methylene (e.g. phenylglycine vs phenylalanine).
- the conformationally rigid building blocks used minimize its flexibility.
- the synthesis and properties of two related A 4 B 6 cyclooligomers which are constructed from more conformationally flexible acyclic diamines (1R,2R)-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine (hereinafter B1) and (2R,3R)-2,3-diaminobutane-1,4-diol (hereinafter B2).
- the binding properties in this series of receptors are sensitive to the structure of the components used to assemble them, but rigid cyclic building blocks need not be used to obtain high binding selectivity.
- the receptors To prepare the receptors, a simple one-step coupling was performed on the amines and the triacid chloride as described for A 4 B 6 . With B1, the A 4 B1 6 receptor was obtained in 10% yield when the coupling was carried out at a concentration corresponding to 6 nM in receptor.
- Binding energies were measured by titrating 0.5 mM solutions of receptor in CDCl 3 with various N-acetyl amino acid methylamides and monitoring the receptor protons by 400 MHz NMR. In general, signals which showed the largest shifts upon binding were certain aromatic (H-C) and amide (H-N) protons. The binding energies found are given in Table III and all represent averages of at least two different binding measurements. Scatchard treatment of binding data indicated 1:1 complexes in all cases.
- Both A 4 B 6 and A 4 B1 6 show surprisingly high selectivity among L amino acids which are distinguished only by the size and shape of their unfunctionalized, hydrocarbon sidechains.
- Amino acids having branched sidechains bind well only when the branch occurs at the substrate ⁇ -carbon.
- the receptors also distinguish substrates by sidechain length.
- receptor A 4 B2 6 Like A 4 B 6 and A 4 B1 6 which bind L-peptides based on the steric reguirements of their sidechains, receptor A 4 B2 6 also distinguishes peptide sidechains sterically but with different selectivity. In particular, A 4 B2 6 selects for L-peptides whose sidechains are small and compact; thus alanine, valine and ethylglycine are well-bound while isoleucine, leucine, phenylglycine, propylglycine and butylglycine are more weakly bound relative to the other receptors. Thus A 4 B2 6 appears to have a smaller binding cavity, a property which may follow from cavity occupancy by benzyloxymethyl substituents or from partial cavity collapse due to the flexible nature of the B2 fragment.
- a 4 B 6 receptor may be general to cyclooligomeric molecules of this class and that binding selectivity can be altered by starting with different amine and acid chloride fragments. It may be noted that these receptors incorporate diamine fragments in two different structural environments: the upper and lower macrocycles include four equivalent B amines while two other B's link those macrocycles together. By varying these distinct B fragments independently, even more receptor diversity can be generated.
- a new tetrahedrally symmetric cagelike receptor 13*(A A B 6 ), an isomer of 7* (A 4 B 6 ) where A and B's are combined in a different way, is described.
- the global minimum conformation of 13 by molecular mechanics calculation reveals several interesting structural features. First, it is conformationally homogeneous. Within 3 kcal/mol of the global minimum conformation, 13 exits in a single family of closely related conformations. Second, it has a well-defined cavity with hydrogen bond donor/acceptors on symmetrically positioned about the periphery. Each hydrogen bond donor/acceptors may interact with a peptide substrate bound in the central cavity.
- MOM s-n-P 52 MOM s-S-S
- the binding energy between a C 2 symmetric receptor and imidazole can be increased up to 3.3 kcal/mol by changing the solvent from CHCl 3 (3.7 kcal/mol) to CHCl 2 CHCl 2 (7.0 kcal/mol).
- receptors with preorganized three-dimensional binding cavities should exhibit increases in binding energies in media composed of increasingly bulky solvent molecules.
- Molecular mechanics calculations and CPK modeling studies show that receptor 13a* has a big cavity enough to accommodate a CHCl 3 solvent molecule, but too small to accommodate a CHCl 2 CHCl 2 .
- changing the solid phase assay solvent from CHCl 3 to CHCl 2 CHCl 2 would increase binding energies and lead to different selectivities.
- a solid phase color assay of 13a* was employed with th. side-chain protected substrate library in CHCl 2 CHCl 2 . The results are summarized in Table 15.
- structure 11* (Fig. 5) is appealing because of its welldefined binding cavity and appropriately positioned hydrogen bonding groups.
- the central benzene ring presumably reduces conformational flexibility and provides a hydrophobic region for nonbonded interactions with peptides, and is likely crucial for the high observed binding energies and selectivities.
- the protected substrate library was screened for binding by treatment with 50 ⁇ M solution of the red receptor 11a* in CHCl 3 . After 24 hr of equilibration with the library, ca. 10% of the beads had become colored with ca. 1% being very deep red. The most deeply stained beads were
- the binding data in Table 7 show that extraordinary selectivity was observed for the terminal acylating groups.
- the terminal R was composed of three non-hydrogen atoms (31 for MeOCH 2 and 13 Me 2 N) . High selectivity was observed for the AA 3 position.
- the residue in AA 3 was composed of D-amino acids with an amide group in the side chain (31 for Gln, 7 for Asn and 5 for Lys).
- the data indicate that receptor 11a* discriminates between substrates most effectively when structural differences occur near the free end of the substrate chain.
- the number of accepted residues is minimal in the case of the terminal acylating group (R) and increases with distance from the terminus.
- receptor 12* does not show any binding
- highly selective complexation of 11a* was also found by a related binding assay using the side-chain deprotected
- 11a* is a readily accessible heterooligomeric assembly from trimesic acid (A) and diamine (B) linked through a tris(aminomethyl)benzene. The results described here not
- 11a* is a highly selective receptor for peptide substrates but also demonstrate the power of directed screening of large chemical libraries as a method to find novel molecules having sought-after properties.
- the remarkable differences in peptide substrate binding properties between lla* and 12* suggest that conformational homogeneity may be a key to the designing the highly selective receptors .
- receptor 2aa and its relatives are attractive candidates.
- laa and 2aa are closely related in that their cup-shaped binding cavities have both similar dimensions and analogous patterns of unassociated hydrogen bond donors and acceptors on their peripheries. Described herein is a simple synthesis of 2aa and its binding properties as revealed using an encoded combinatorial library of ⁇ 50,000 acylated tripeptide substrates. 2aa is a selective receptor for peptides.
- AAn represents any one of the following fifteen side-chain-protected [(N-trityl)Asn, (N-trityl)Gln, (N-Boc)Lys, (O-tBu)Ser] amino acids:
- R represents any one of the following fifteen groups: methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), i-propyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), i-butyl (iBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoro-methyl (TFM), methoxymethyl (MOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), acetoxymethyl (AcOM), phenyl (Ph), dimethylamino (Me 2 N), morpholino (Mor)
- the library was prepared using split synthesis . (A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Abstr. 14th
- the binding assay was carried out by equilibrating a 10 mg sample ( ⁇ 10 5 beads) of the above peptide library with ⁇ 0.3 mL of 50 ⁇ M 2aa in CHCl 3 . After 24 hrs of agitation, ⁇ 1% of the beads had developed deep red-orange coloration. These beads carried peptides that bound red 2aa most tightly. (Previous studies have shown the color assay readily distinguishes substrates differing in binding energy by as little as 1.0 kcal/mol. Control
- receptor 2aa bound a different set of peptides with the deprotected library. It was most discriminating at the internal AA1 site where Pro was strongly preferred.
- 2aa preferentially bound the two partial sequences XCO-(D)Gln- (D)X-(L) Pro (40% of beads) and XCO-X-(L)Gln-(D)Pro (40% of beads) [X indicates no significant with both the configuration and position of the downstream Gln is particularly interesting. This novel Gln...
- Pro selectivity may reflect hydrogen boning between the Gin sidechain and amides in the bottom of 2aa's binding cavity - a possibility not available to laa.
- the ability of 2aa to selectively bind peptide spans having as many as three residues is remarkable for such a small host molecule.
- the conformationally rigid building blocks A and B were chosen to minimize its flexibility.
- the present inventors also describe herein the synthesis and properties of two related A 4 B 6 cyclooligomers which are constructed from more conformationally flexible acyclic diamines B1 and B2. Binding properties in this series of receptors are sensitive to structure of the components used to assemble them, but rigid cyclic building blocks need not be used to obtain high binding selectivity.
- Binding energies were measured by titrating 0.5 mM solutions of receptor in CDCl 3 with various N-acetyl amino acid methylamides and monitoring the receptor protons by 400 MHz (H-C) and amide (H-N) protons.
- the binding energies found are given in Table IA and all represent averages of at least two different binding measurements. Scatchard treatment of binding data indicated 1:1 complexes in all cases.
- receptor A 4 B2 6 Like A 4 B 6 and A 4 B1 6 which bind L-peptides based on the steric requirements of their sidechains, receptor A 4 B2 6 also distinguishes peptide sidechains sterically but with different selectivity. In particular, A 4 B2 6 selects for L-peptides whose sidechains are small and compact. Thus, alanine, valine and ethylglycine are well-bound while isoleucine, leucine, phenylglycine, propylglycine and butylglycine are more weakly bound relative to the other receptors. A 4 B2 6 appears to have a smaller binding cavity, a property which may follow from cavity occupancy by benzyloxymethyl substituents or from partial cavity collapse due to the flexible nature of the B2 fragment.
- This molecule is a cyclooligomer of trimesic acid and ( 1R, 2R) -diaminocyclohexane, and can be synthesized in one step from commercially available materials. Its most interesting property, however, is that it binds certain ⁇ -amino acid derivatives with high selectivity. In particular, 1' was found to bind L-amino acids enantioselectively (70-99% ee) and to select for amino acid side-chains having a particular size (e.g. phenyl>>benzyl, ethyl»methyl).
- the approach to evaluating the binding properties of a synthetic receptor is closely related to methods developed for finding good ligands to biological receptors such as antibodies.
- a receptor e. g. with a fluorescent dye or radioisotope
- the general scheme involves labeling a receptor (e. g. with a fluorescent dye or radioisotope) so that it may be sensitively detected and then treating the labeled receptor with a large collection of potential substrates. If these substrates are spatially separated (e.g. on different solid particles or in different location on a plate), then those areas occupied by substrates which bind the receptor will themselves become labeled.
- K a simplifies to 1/ [Receptor] free .
- K a-min the minimum K a (here termed K a-min )of receptor for substrates on any fully labeled particles by measuring the equilibrium concentration of the labeled receptor in free solution over the particles and taking its reciprocal.
- the particular solid phase assay used here generally involves labeling the receptor with a colored dye and mixing it in dilute solution with a library of peptide-like substrates attached to Merrifield synthesis beads. After 48 hours of agitation to equilibrate a dilute solution of the colored receptor and the initially colorless substrate bead library, a small percentage of the beads take on deep colorations. Then the concentration of free receptor remaining in solution is measured to determine K a-min , and then those beads having the deepest coloration are picked. By determining the structures of the substrates on those beads, one learns which substrates in the library bind the receptor with association constants of at least K a-min assuming the substrates on the deeply colored beads are at least 50% saturated by labeled receptor.
- split synthesis prescribes a simple protocol for preparing the library of products resulting from all possible combinations of all alternative reagents used.
- Split synthesis is carried out on small solid support particles (e.g. Merrifield beads) and yields a particle- supported library in which any particular particle carries the product from one particular set of reagents.
- the split synthesis method was developed originally for oligopeptide synthesis and can yield very large libraries.
- the final library will contain 3,200,000 (20 5 ) different pentapeptides.
- any particular synthesis particle will bear only one type of pentapeptide (or at least have been submitted to only one particular, well-defined series of chemical steps).
- Encoding entails attaching arrays of molecular tags to the solid support particles during each synthetic step to create unique, tag-encoded records of the particular reagents used in the synthesis of each library member.
- a substrate library of 50,625 (15 4 ) terminally acylated tripeptides is used and is prepared by split synthesis on 50-80 ⁇ polystyrene (Merrifield) beads as described above.
- the library is encoded using a set of sixteen highly electrophoric tagging molecules which can be detached from single synthesis beads and analyzed using electron capture capillary gas chromatography (ECGC).
- ECGC electron capture capillary gas chromatography
- a labeled variant of receptor 1' ( Figure 8(b)) was made that could be visualty detected by simple inspection. Since 1' itself has no appropriate label attachment site, a relative of 1 ' in which the two spanning transdiaminocyclohexane ⁇ (B in 1') were replaced by stereochemically similar trans-3 ,4-diaminopyrrolidine ⁇ was made. The pyrrolidine ring nitrogen could then serve as the label attachment point. For the label, an intense red dye, Disperse Red 1, was selected, and the final structure of the labeled receptor thus became 2'.
- red-labeled receptor 2' is straight-forward and is outlined in Figure 8(c) (EXAMPLE 25). Because 2' is not significantly strained and has few rotatable bonds, it could be constructed by a few simple reactions which both couple fragments and macrocyclize in a single step. Thus, the macrocyclic tetramide 3' was prepared in >50% yield by a single reaction which linked and cyclized two molecules of trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexane and two molecules of diactivated trimesic ester.
- the synthesis was completed via diactivation of 3' as a bis-pentafluorophenyl ester (4') followed by another single step coupling/macrocyclization ( ⁇ 30% yield) using labeled diamine 5' to give the desired dye-labeled receptor 2'.
- the polymer-supported, encoded substrate library has been described and has the general structure:
- AAn any one of the following fifteen sidechain-protected (side-chain protection: Asn (trityl), Lys (Boc), Ser (tBu)) amino acids (standard single letter codes for amino acids in parentheses):
- R represents any one of the following fifteen groups: methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), i-propyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), i-butyl(iBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoromethyl (TFM), methoxymethyl (MOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), acetoxymethyl (AcOM), phenyl (Ph)m dimethylamino (Me 2 N), morpholino (
- the substrate library was made by split synthesis using fifteen different amino acids at each of the three AA sites and terminated the tripeptide chain with fifteen different acylating agents, the total number of different substrates in the library is 15 4 or 50,625.
- sixteen GC-distinct electrophoric tagging molecules were used.
- a 10 mg sample ( ⁇ 10 5 beads) of the substrate library was suspended in an Eppendorf tube containing -0.3 mL CHCl 3 to which was then added ⁇ 25 ⁇ L of a 600 ⁇ M CHCl 3 solution of red 2 ' .
- the bead library immediately extracted most of the colored receptor from solution, but examination of the mixture through a low power microscope showed that all beads looked essentially the same. However, after 30 min of agitation on a wrist-action shaker, ⁇ 5% of the beads had turned light orange. After 48 hours of agitation, ⁇ 1% of the beads were stained deep red-orange along with more having various lighter orange colorations.
- tags were attached by photolabile ortho-nitrobenzylic carbonate linkages, they could be released for ECGC analysis by long wavelength ultraviolet (350 nm) irradiation. After silylation (bistrimethylsilylacetamide) to increase tag volatility, the solution over each bead was injected into an electron capture capillary gas chromatograph for tag analysis.
- V site following V
- S L-(O-tBu) serine
- G glycine
- the binding energies measured by solid phase experiments are not directly comparable to those from solution phase experiments because the environment inside the bead is not quite the same as free solution.
- the concentration of supported peptide in the bead is ⁇ 0.1M and this relatively high concentration favors peptide substrate aggregation which would diminish binding to receptor.
- Comparison measurements of binding of several (L)Ala- and (L) Val- containing peptides in free solution and on polystyrene supports using receptor 1' showed that peptide binding is 2-3 kcal/mol stronger when binding is measured in dilute free solution.
- receptor 2 binds peptide substrates having particular amino acid sequences with remarkable selectivity. This selectivity includes selection based on side-chain stereochemistry (favoring D-Asn/Gln, L-Val), size (Val»Ala) and functionality (favoring the carboxamides of Asn and Gln).
- Receptor 2 ' binds certain side-chain-protected di- and tripeptides with remarkable selectivity and shows a large preference for n/q-V-containing substrates. Based on the number of replicate substrate sequences found in the binding assay, the total number of different substrate sequences which are bound by 2 ' at -4 kcal/mol or better are 500-1000 out of the entire library of 50,625 sequences.
- Bio receptors use similar means but also distinguish substrates or fragments by size and seem to make such distinctions based in part upon a substrate's ability to precisely fill a binding cavity.
- 1'' stereoselectively binds substrates having L-amino acids adjacent to L-Pro (90-99% de for L-Ala) and with binding constants (K a 2.5 ⁇ 10 5 for iPrCO-(L)Pro-(L)Ala) that are among the largest reported for binding a neutral guest by a synthetic host.
- Receptor 1 has a cup-like shape with a ca. 6A diameter binding cavity surrounded by six unassociated hydrogen bond donors (D) and acceptors (A). According to molecular mechanics, the design of 1" has a very similar conformation except that the three naphthalenes substantially enlarged the binding cavity (ca. 8A diameter).
- a 5,000-step Monte Carlo conformational search (Goodman, J.M.; Still, W.C. J. Comput . Chem. 1991, 12 , 1110) for 1 (L-Tyr modeled by L-Ala) using the MacroModel/AMBER * force field (McDonald, D.Q.; Still, W.C. Tetrahedron Lett.
- R methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), isopropyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoromethyl (CF 3 ), isobutyl (iBu), methoxymethyl (MOM) , acetoxymethyl (AcOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), phenyl (Ph), morpholino (Morph), dimethylamino (Me 2 N).
- AA1-AA3 Gly
- the library was supported on 50-80 ⁇ polystyrene beads and was prepared both with and without N-trityl/N-Boc sidechain protection. Each bead carried only one type of tripeptide substrate.
- R Me, Et, . . .
- AAn L-Ala, L-Ser, . . .
- the selectivity for AA1-AA3 L-amino acids can be seen as a generally dark region in the upper half of the histograms just below AA1-AA3 .
- the large number of gray areas below R indicate little receptor selectivity for the terminal acyl group.
- the general similarity of the protected and unprotected histograms indicates that 2" binds both libraries with similar selectivity.
- receptor 1 has an enlarged binding cavity but that is otherwise very similar to peptide receptor 1. 10
- the structural similarities of these two receptors far outweigh the differences, their binding properties are very different. Whereas the previous receptor selects for small terminal residue substituents (as in O), 1" shows little selectivity for the terminal substituent but instead selects for internal L-Pro with high stereochemical and steric selectivity (as in N).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The subject invention provides chiral receptor molecules useful for the purification of enantiomers of amino acid derivatives and other compounds. The subject invention also provides methods of preparing said receptor molecules.
Description
ENANTIOSELECTIVE RECEPTORS FOR AMINO ACID
DERIVATIVES, AND OTHER COMPOUNDS This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/357,663, filed December 16, 1994, a continuation-in-part of 08/188,146, filed January 27, 1994, U.S. Serial No. 07/901,401, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference into this application.
This invention was made with government support under grant #GM-44525 from the National Institutes of Health and grants #CHE89-11008 and #CHE92-08254 from the National Science Foundation. Accordingly, the U.S. Government has certain rights in the invention.
Background of the Invention
This invention relates to the field of molecular recognition of small ligands. More particularly, the invention relates to compositions useful for the purification of enantiomers of amino acid derivatives and for the purification of certain compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, methods for preparing these compositions, and methods for using them.
Standard approaches to the optical resolution and purification of organic and biological molecules include crystallization, distillation, extraction, and chromatography (Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1962). Each methodology is based on a physical or chemical interaction of a molecule with an element of its environment, and may involve molecular sizing, electrostatics, hydrophobicity, sterics, or polarity. The efficiency of purification increases as
the differences in interaction energy for all the species present in the mixture increase. The relevant interactions for cystallization are crystal lattice forces and solvation of the molecule; for distillation, the interaction is a liquid-gas phase transition; while for extraction and chromatography, the interaction is exchange between non-miscible phases. Common to all these classic methods is the limitation that as molecular structures become increasingly similar, the energy differentials for the relevant interaction diminish to the extent that high resolution is no longer feasible. A general approach to purification necessitates an enhanced capability for transcending this natural tendency toward shrinking energy differences. The ability to purify very similar or chiral molecules is of economic and practical importance to the developing fields of biotechnology, and should greatly accelerate the development of new pharmaceuticals and bioactive and other useful compounds.
The ability to distinguish similar molecules is an important goal of research in the field of molecular recognition. Early efforts to bind molecules selectively involved naturally occurring host molecules, such as clathrates, cholic acid, and cyclodextrinε (Diederich, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng., 27, 362 (1988); Breslow, Science (Washington. D.C.), 218, 532 (1982)). The first example of a synthetic system specifically designed to undergo inclusion complexation was a cyclophane (Stetter & Roos, Chem. Ber., 88, 1390 (1955)). Synthetic crown ethers and cyclic polyamines were designed to complex metal ions selectively by adjusting ring size and number of heteroatoms (Pederson, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Eng., 16, 16 (1972)). Macrobicyclic compounds have been prepared which show selectivity for trihydrobenzenes with certain substitution patterns (Ebmeyer and Vogtle, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 28, 79 (1989)).
The use of chiral components in constructing host compounds has led to the development of molecules which are, in principle, capable of diasteroselective complexation with chiral guests. While several systems have exhibited some diastereoselectivity, numerous attempts to produce chiral hosts have not produced any known compounds of practical utility prior to the present invention. The earliest preparations of chiral crown amino ethers were applied to cation complexation, and not to chiral discrimination by diastereoselective complexation (Wudl & Gaeta, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 107 (1972)). Chiral hosts based on biphenyl-macrocycles have shown promise (Kyba, et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 100, 4555 (1978)). A recent example intended to distinguish enantiomers of amino acids and arylpropionic acids however appears from binding studies not to function as a host for nonpolar molecules (Rubin, et al., J. Org. Chem., 51, 3270 (1986)). High enantioselectivity has thus largely eluded prior workers in the field. A bilaterally symmetric host containing two diiodotyrosine moieties was one of the first to exhibit a measurable difference in binding energy with mirror image guest molecules (Sanderson, et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 111, 8314 (1989)); free energy differences ranged from -0.15 to 0.48 kcal/mole, with binding site saturations up to 67%. More recently, a related chiral host was made with pyridyl moieties replacing benzene rings in the macrocycle, which showed free energy differences up to about 1 kcal/mole and a range of binding saturations of approximately 40-80% (Liu, et al., J. Org. Chem., 55, 5184 (1990)). Chiral hosts in which the enantioselection energies exceed 1 kcal/mole have been virtually nonexistant prior to the present invention .
Progress toward a completely chemoselective or enantioselective host has been limited, proceeding roughly in parallel with growing understanding of intermolecular interactions controlling binding affinity in natural receptors like enzymes and hormone receptors. The subject invention provides a composition of matter which possesses enzyme-like enantioselectivity which is sufficiently high to offer practical utility in optical resolution and chemical purification of organic compounds.
Summary of the Invention
The subject invention relates to a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1, R2, and R3 is independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2, or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5.
The invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds
to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest able to form hydrogen bonds from a mixture of organic compounds which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
The invention further provides a process of preparing the composition which comprises: (a) reacting a chiral multifunctional reagent containing at least one protecting group with a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se, under conditions permitting formation of a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1 , R2, and R3 is independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2, or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5;
(b) treating the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions so as to cleave one protecting group and form a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1, R2, and R3 is independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2, or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5;
(c) treating the compound formed in step (b) with a condensing agent under conditions permitting multiple macrolactamization so as to thereby form the composition.
The subject invention further provides a composition of matter having the structure:
and R1 and R2 are independently the same or different and are H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; X is CH2 or NH; Y is C=O or SO2; and n is 0 to about 3.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
and R1 is H, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein R1, R2 and R3 are C6H4(OCH2CH=CH2) ; A, B and C are CH2; X, Y and Z are S; and n is 1.
The subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; each of R1, R2 and R3 is independently linear or branched alkyl, aryl, (C=O) (CH2)pH, NH(C=O) (CH2)pH, OH, COOH, NH2 or SH; and m, n, and p are integers from 0 to about 6.
The invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein X is NH, O, S, S=O, S(=O)2 or NR where R is linear or branched alkyl, acyl, aryl, or O; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of H,
linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 3.
The subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B and C is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2 , or Se; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 5.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3.
Brief Description of the Figures
Figure 1 shows a scheme for the practical synthesis host molecule 2: (a) Methanol/ammonia 4:1, rt, 2 days, 97%; (b) Boc2O, i-Pr2NEt, 4-DMAP (10 mol %), CH2Cl2, 1 h, 90%; (c) NaN(TMS)2, THF, -78°C, 3 min; add tetra-n-butylammonium iodide and methyl 3,5-bis(bromomethyl)benzoate; warm to 10°C, 2 h, 82%; (d) benzene-1, 3 , 5-trithiol, i-Pr2NEt, THF, 8 h, 78%; (e) TFA, anisole, CH2Cl2, rt, 16 h, quant; (f) Boc2O, i-Pr2NEt, K2CO3, CH2Cl2, rt, 24 h, 86%; (g) THF, EtOH, H2O, LiOH, 6 h, quant; (h) F5-phenol, EDC, THF, rt, 4 h, 68%; (i) TFA, anisole, CH2Cl2, rt, 4 h, quant; (j) TFA salt in DMA dropwise to i-Pr2NEt, THF, rt, 40 h, 78%.
Figure 2 shows a diagram of a model for receptor-substrate binding.
Figure 3 shows composition 13a*.
Figure 4 shows a synthesis of 13a*.
Figure 5 shows compositions 11a* and 12*. Figure 6(a) shows a synthesis of composition 11a*.
Figure 6(b) shows a synthesis of composition 12*.
Figure 7(a) shows compositions laa, lbb, lcc and 2aa.
Figure 7(b) shows a synthesis of composition 2aa.
Figure 8(a) shows compositions A4B6, precursors thereof (A, B), and precursors of A4B16 and A4B26 (B1 and B2, respectively).
Figure 8(b) shows a synthesis of labeled composition 2'.
Figure 9(a) shows compositions 1'' and 2''.
Figure 9(b) shows a comparison of models for interaction between compositions 1 and 1'' with a peptide substrate.
Figure 9(c) shows key intermediates 3'' and 4'' in the synthesis of composition 1".
Figure 10 shows gray-scale histograms of substrate sequence binding for 2".
Detailed Description of the Invention
The subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1,
R 2, and R 3 is independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2, or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5. In one embodiment of the invention, X, Y, and Z are each O; in another embodiment, they are each S. In certain other embodiments, R1, R2, and R3 are each phenyl, or they are each 4-hydroxyphenyl. Additionally, in certain embodiments, n is desirably 1.
The invention further provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest
from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the chiral host composition defined hereinabove under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer. In one embodiment, the process is used to purify enantiomers of amino acid derivatives, of which diamides are particularly effective.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the chiral host composition defined hereinabove under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the process is used to purify derivatives of amino acids differing in side-chains. The process is particularly well suited to purify diamide derivatives of amino acids.
One application of the composition is to bind it to a solid support such that a chromatographic adsorbent results which is specific for enantiomeric isomers of compounds of interest and other organic compounds of interest which differ only in side-chain substitution. Effective use of the composition bound to a solid support is made to obtain the enantiomeric isomers of an amino acid derivative in a purified form and to obtain a purified organic compound of interest able to form hydrogen bonds from a mixture of compounds. The compound
to be purified by the composition is preferably a diamide.
The invention further provides a process of preparing the composition, which comprises:
(a) reacting a chiral multifunctional reagent containing at least one protecting group with a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N (C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se, under
conditions permitting formation of a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1, R2, and R3 is independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2, or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5;
(b) treating the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to cleave one protecting group to form a compound having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y, and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mCH3, N(C=O) (CH2)mCH3, CH2, S, or Se; each of R1 , R2 , and R3 is independently phenyl , 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, naphthyl, thiophenyl, (C=O) (CH2)pCH3, NH(C=O) (CH2)pCH3, OH, COOH, NH2 , or SH; and m, n, and p are integers between 0 and 5;
(c) treating the compound formed in step (b) with a condensing agent under conditions permitting multiple macrolactamization, thereby forming the desired composition.
The preparation of the composition strategically exploits its C3 symmetry. The synthesis of the composition could proceed in a manner analogous to the detailed experimental examples given hereinbelow for embodiments in which X, Y, and Z are S, and R1, R2, R3 are 4-hydroxy
phenyl, except that if there is only one protecting group in the chiral multifunctional reagent of step (a), then none of the side-group protection reactions would pertain.
The coupling of step (a) above can be carried out by several alternative methods of forming amide bonds. One approach is to contact the achiral tetraaromatic triamino triester above shown with the p-nitrophenyl active ester of the chiral multifunctional reagent, made from p-nitrophenol, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide. The reaction may be performed in the presence of aprotic dipolar solvents, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, or dimethylsulfoxide, diluted with a miscible cosolvent, such as dichloromethane, to the extent required to achieve solubility of all reactants, at temperatures from about 0 to 100°C, preferably from 0 to 30°C. The preparation of the starting material for step (a) can be obtained by trialkylation of 1,3,5-trimercaptobenzene or phloroglucinol with N-protected methyl 3-(aminomethyl)-5-(bromomethyl)benzoate, followed by cleavage of the N-protecting group. In one embodiment of the invention, the chiral multifunctional reagent containing at least one protecting group in step (a) is an amino acid containing an N-protecting group. In certain embodiments, the amino acid is L-phenylalanine or L-tyrosine. The N-protecting group is preferably chosen such that it may be removed in process step (b) by an acid, for example, trifluoroacetic acid.
In general, process step (b) involves the removal of three protecting groups on the tetraaromatic intermediate. This reaction could be effected by any method corresponding to the lability of the protecting group. A large variety of protecting groups are available for the purpose, including t-butyloxycarbonyl
(BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl, 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, and p-toluensulfonyl. While a preferred method is to use acid-sensitive BOC groups, other effective protecting groups also removable by acid include biphenylisopropyloxycarbonyl (Bpoc) and adamantyloxycarbonyl (Adoc). Still other protecting groups may be selected such that alternative methods of removal are feasible according to the invention, including photolytic, reductive, electrochemical, and mild base conditions. This flexibility allows a wide range of chiral multifunctional reagents to be used to prepare the composition.
Prior to condensation process (c), the protecting ester group (for example, methyl) on each of the three aromatic moieties could be cleaved to give the carboxylic acid by (i) transesterification with trimethylsilylethanol, followed by (ii) fluoride-induced silane elimination. The condensing agent in step (c) could comprise a reagent generated (i) from an agent selected from a group comprising pentafluorophenol, hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-nitrophenol, 2-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, hydroxysuccinimide, and hydroxypiperidine and (ii) from an agent selected from a group consisting of N,N-dicyclohexyldiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, and carbonyldiimidazole. Other condensing methods may also serve the purpose, including Woodward's reagent K, mixed anhydrides, triphenylphosphine/2,2'-dipyridyl sulfide, ketenimines, and acyloxyphosphonium salts. In a preferred embodiment, the condensing agent is the combination of N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and pentafluorophenol. If the multifunctional chiral reagent of step (a) contains an alcohol function, the process of steps (b) and (c) could be simply adapted to generate three ester linkages after multiple macrolactonization. Other modifications in the multifunctional chiral reagent of step (a) could be readily envisioned to form such
alternative linkages as thioesters, thionoesters, and phosphoramides.
The protecting groups which may be present on side-group functionalities could be cleaved by a method corresponding to their lability. In one embodiment, R1, R2, and R3 are 4-hydroxyphenyl which should be made by coupling with the suitably protected multifunctional chiral reagent Boc-L-tyrosine (Tyr). The protecting group on the Tyr is preferably an allyl ether. The processes described provided the embodiments of the composition, wherein R1 , R2, and R3 are phenyl, in 30% overall yield for the trithia receptor and 7% yield for the trioxa receptor, respectively referred to hereinafter as 1 and 2. Preparation of the tyrosine trithia macrocycle is described in Examples 1 to 16, which serve as an ennabling model illustrative for all embodiments of the composition.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter hereinafter denoted 9 having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are independently the same or different and are H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; X is CH2 or NH; Y is
C=O or SO2; and n is 0 to about 3. In one embodiment, the subject invention provides a composition wherein X is NH. In another embodiment, the invention provides a composition wherein X is CH2, Y is C=O and n is 1. In another embodiment, the invention provides a composition wherein R1 and R2 are H.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter (hereinafter referred to as 10) having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 is H, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group. In one embodiment, the invention provides a composition wherein R1 is a phenyl group. In another embodiment, the invention provides a composition wherein R1 is a benzyloxymethyl group.
The subject invention further provides a composition of matter (hereinafter referred to as 2A) having the structure:
wherein R1, R2 and R3 are C6H4 (OCH2CH=CH2) ; A , B and C are CH2 ; X , Y and Z are S ; and n is 1 .
The subject invention also provides a compound which comprises the compositions of matter 9, 10, or 2A, bound to a solid support. The subject invention further provides a complex which comprises the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, bound to a derivative of an amino acid. In one embodiment, the invention provides a composition wherein the derivative is an amide.
The subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compounds which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
The subject invention further provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the compositions 9, 10, or 2A, under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the invention provides a process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative. The subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
wherein R1 and R2 are H and n is 1 which comprises:
(a) condensing a compound having the structure:
(b) hydrolyzing the compound formed by step (a) under suitable conditions to form an acid compound having the structure:
(c) treating the compound formed in step (b) under suitable conditions so as to activate the acid compound to form a compound having the structure:
(d) reacting the compound formed in step (c) under suitable conditions with a compound having the structure:
(e) saponifying the compound formed by step (d) under suitable conditions to form a diacid having the structure:
(f) activating the diacid formed in step (e) under suitable conditions to form a compound having the structure:
(g) deprotecting the compound formed in step (f) under suitable conditions to form a diamino diacid having the structure:
(h) dimerizing the diamino diacid formed in step (g) under suitable conditions to form the composition having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
In condensing step (a) it is to be understood that esters other than methyl esters may be used in an equivalent manner for the purposes of the process. Other useful esters include ethyl, propyl, phenol, and benzyl esters.
The condensing agent in step (a) could comprise a reagent generated (i) from an agent selected from a group comprising pentafluorophenol, hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-nitrophenol, 2-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, hydroxysuccinimide, and hydroxypiperidine and (ii) from an agent selected from a group consisting of N,N-dicyclohexyldiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, and carbonyldiimidazole. Other condensing methods may also serve the purpose, including Woodward's reagent K, mixed anhydrides, triphenylphosphine/2, 2'-dipyridyl sulfide, ketenimines, and acyloxyphosphonium salts. Hydrolyzing step (b) may be performed using base or acid catalysis, though preferably base catalysis. Favorable results obtain using sodium hydroxide. Treating step (c) is effected by a wide variety of procedures, including reaction of pentafluorophenol with DCC or 1-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC). Reacting step (d) is performed in the presence of a nonnucleophilic base such as triethylamine. Good solvents for the purpose include dimethyl acetamide or dimethyl formamide. Saponifying step (e) is carried out using a base, such as sodium hydroxide. Other bases which effect the step include lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide. Activating step (f) is effectively performed using an activating agent such as
pentafluorophenol. Other agents include hydroxybenzotriazole, 4-nitrophenol, 2-nitrophenol, pentachlorophenol, hydroxysuccinimide, and hydroxypiperidine. Deprotecting step (g) is carried out preferrably under mildly acidic conditions. Useful acids include trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic acid and hydrochloric acid in dioxane solution. Scavengers such as anisole help prevent untoward alkylation reactions. Dimerizing step (h) may be effectively performed in the presence of a mild nonnucleophilic base, such as diisopropylethylamine or triethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran.
The subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
reacting a compound having the structure:
with a compound having the structure:
The reacting step may be effectively performed as a onepot procedure in the presence of a mild nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine. Useful solvents include dipolar nonaqueous solvents such as dimethyl formamide and tetrahydrofuran. The reaction may be carried out over a range of temperatures from -25°C to 60°C, but preferably at 0-10°C.
The subject invention also provides a process of preparing the composition having the structure:
which comprises:
(a) reacting a compound having the structure:
(b) reacting the compound formed by step (a) with an acylating agent under suitable conditions to form a plurally acylated compound having the structure:
(c) reacting the plurally acylated compound formed by step (b) with a compound having the structure:
(d) reacting the alkylated amide formed by step (c) with benzene-1,3,5-trithiol under suitable conditions to form a sulfide having the structure:
(e) deprotecting the sulfide formed by step (d) under suitable conditions to form a free amine ester having thh structure:
(f) re-acylating the free amine ester formed by step (e) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine ester having the structure:
(g) saponifying the acylamine ester formed by step (f) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine acid having the structure:
(h) activating the acylamine acid formed by step (g) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine activated ester having the structure:
(i) de-protecting the acylamine activated ester formed by step (h) under suitable conditions to form a free amine activated ester having the structure:
and (j) cyclizing the free amine activated ester formed by step (i) under suitable conditions to form the composition. Reacting step (a) may be carried out in the presence of a miscible co-solvent such as methanol, and occurs in high yield when performed at ambient temperatures. Reacting step (b) may be carried out using a variety of acylating agents in the presence of nonnucleophilic base and 4-dimethylaminopyridine catalyst. Common agents include t-Boc-Cl and Amyloxycarbonyl chloride. Reacting step (c) is efficiently performed using sodium hexamethyldisilylazide in tetrahydrofuran solution. Preferred temperatures range from -80°C to -70°C. A dry ice bath providing a temperature of -78°C is convenient for this purpose. Reacting step (d) is readily effected in the presence of a nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran. Deprotecting step (e) occurs well by using a mild acid, such as trifluoacetic acid in the presence of a scavenger such as anisole. Reacylating step (f) is carried out using a variety of acylating agents. t-Boc2O is a preferred acylating agent for the purposes of the synthesis. Saponifying step (g) may be carried out using such bases as lithium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide. Lithium hydroxide is a preferred base. Activating step (h) is carried out using pentafluorophenol in the presence of various condensing agents, including DCC and EDC. De-protecting step (i) may be performed using a mild acid such as trifluoroacetic acid and a scavenger. Cyclizing step (j) is performed using a dropwise addition technique and a nonnucleophilic base such as diisopropylethylamine in a dipolar nonaqueous solvent such as dimethyl acetamide or dimethyl formamide.
Receptors 1 and 2 are capable of high binding selectivity among simple amino acid derivatives (Table I). With Bocprotected, W-methylamide acid derivatives, enantioselectivity ranges from 1.7 to 3.0 kcal/mole with the L isomer always being bound preferentially (entries 1/2, 5/6, 7/8, 9/10, 12/13).
Side-chain functionality can also be distinguished by the chiral receptors (Table I; entries 1-8 vs 9, 10 and 12,13). The side-chain hydroxyls of serine and threonine contribute about 2 kcal/mole to association energies and effectively distinguish these amino acids from Ala, Val, and Leu. Such hydroxylated L-amino acids bind better than O-benzyl-L-serine (entry 11) by about 3 kcal/mole. Nuclear magnetic resonance data suggest that the operative mode of complexation involves close proximity of the C-terminal group of the amino acid derivatives to all four aromatic rings in the host. Entries 14-17 (Table I) suggest that other binding modes may apply to amino acid derivatives having small N-terminal functionalities such as acetyl.
The chiral host compounds may be utilized in any manner suitable for the intended purpose. For example, the host may be covalently bound to a polymer by modification of the synthetic method described above by replacing phloroglucinol or a similar starting material with one which has the additional substitution of an alkyl, aryl, or aralkyl, linker containing a reactive moiety at its terminus, comprising a halide, amine, carboxylate, alcohol, or thiol, if necessary in suitably protected form.
The resulting chiral polymer may serve as an adsorbent for use as a convenient extractive reagent, in which the polymer may be combined with a mixture of racemic amino acid derivatives or a mixture of compounds related by
differing side-chain substitution in a range of polar or nonpolar solvents. After sufficient agitation at a temperature suitable for promoting binding of one component in the mixture, ranging from -90 to 180°C, preferably from 0 to 35°C, the polymeric complex is then separated by gravity or suction filtration, centrifugation, or sedimentation and decanting. The desired enantiomeric derivative or related compound may be obtained by washing the polymer with a suitable buffer, solvent, or mixture of solvents at a temperature suitable for releasing the derivative from the polymeric host. The chiral polymer may also serve as an adsorbent in a chromatographic column, in which the mixture of enantiomers or related compounds may bind with different affinities, and then be eluted after washing with a suitable buffer, solvent, or mixture of solvents. The adsorbent is preferably prepared using finer meshes (>400 U.S. mesh) of chloromethylated 0.5-2.0% divinyl-benzene cross-linked polystyrene and either aminoethyl, hydroxyethyl, or carboxyethyl derivatives of phloroglucinol or benzenetrithiol, according to the described procedure. Any polymeric resin selected from the group consisting of polyacrylamide, phenolformaldehyde polymers, polymethacrylate, carbohydrates, aluminates, and silicates may serve as the solid medium.
While not wishing to be bound by a particular theory of action, the high selectivity in the binding of various substrates to a host molecule as observed while practicing the subject invention could result from high conformational homogeneity and substantial host/guest contact. Monte Carlo conformational searching using the MacroModel/AMBER force field, in which Phe is modeled by Ala, predicts that the chiral receptors have similar conformations with C3 symmetry. The Phe's are folded into turns around the periphery of a large binding cavity with dimensions (~6Å diameter) similar to those of α-
cyclodextrin. Some variability remains in the central ring Ar-X-CH2-Ar' torsion angles, with little effect on the shape and nature of the binding cavity. Experimental evidence supporting the predicted structure includes NHCHa coupling constants (J 1 = 8.1 Hz; J 2 = 8.0 Hz) and N-H infrared bands (free and hydrogen-bonded: 3434,3321) cm-1) in dilute CDCl3 solution. The chiral host on forming a bound complex undergoes only minor conformational change, according to simulated annealing calculations. Specific contacts which may be responsible for the selective binding interactions in the complex could include three N-H/O=C hydrogen bonds, according to molecular mechanics modelling. The chiral hosts of the subject invention bind diamides of certain amino acids with high selectivity which is dependent upon the nature of the amino acid side chain (2-kcal/mol for serine vs alanine) and the identity of the N-alkyl substituent (>3 kcal/mol for methyl vs tert- butyl). These synthetic hosts are among the most enantioselective known, and bind certain derivatives of L-amino acids with selectivities as high as 3 kcal/mol. No other composition has been available to the art which achieves binding energy differentials of the magnitude herein disclosed for diastereoselective complexation of amino acid derivatives.
The subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; each of R1, R2 and R3 is independently linear or branched alkyl, aryl, (C=O) (CH2)pH, NH(C=O) (CH2)pH, OH, COOH, NH2 or SH; and m, n, and p are integers from 0 to about 6. In one embodiment, the invention provides the composition wherein A, B and C are O. In another embodiment, the invention provides the composition wherein A, B and C are S. The invention also provides the composition wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl. The invention further provides the composition wherein R1, R2, and R3 are 4-hydroxymethylphenyl. The invention also provides the composition wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independently 4-allyloxyphenyl, 4-alkoxyphenyl, 4-
acyloxyphenyl or 4-(dye-substituted-acyloxy)phehnyl. In one embodiment, the invention provides the composition wherein R1, R2, and R3 are 4-(dye-substituted-alkoxy)phenyl and wherein the dye-substituted-alkoxy moiety is OCH2CH2N (Et) C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2-para, trans, para. In another embodiment, the invention provides the composition 43, wherein n is 1.
The invention provides a compound which comprises the composition having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; each of R1, R2 and R3 is independently linear or branched alkyl, aryl, (C=O) (CH2)pH, NH(C=O) (CH2)pH, OH, COOH, NH2 or SH; and m, n, and p are integers from 0 to about 6; wherein the composition is bound to a solid support. In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound which
comprises the above composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the compound above wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
The subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O)(CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; each of R1, R2 and R3 is independently linear or branched alkyl, aryl, (C=O)(CH2)pH, NH(C=O) (CH2)pH, OH, COOH, NH2 or SH; and m, n, and p are integers from 0 to about 6 ; under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting
complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer. The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition shown above under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide. In additional embodiments, the invention provides the above processed directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
The invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein X is NH, O, S, S=O, S(=O)2 or NR where R is linear or branched alkyl, acyl, aryl, or O; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of H,
linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 3. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein R1 and R2 are H. In another embodiment, the invention provides the composition wherein Q is an acyl group. In a certain embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein the acyl moiety is:
(C=O)CH2CH2(C=O)OCH2CH2N(Et)C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para, trans,para.
The invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition of matter bound to a solid support. The invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the above compound wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide. The subject invention provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein X is NH, O, S, S=O, S(=O)2 or NR where R is linear or branched alkyl, acyl, aryl, or 0; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of H,
linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 3; under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide. The invention also provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide. In additional embodiments, the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
The subject invention provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B and C is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 5. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein A, B and C are 0. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein A, B and C are NH. In a certain embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl group. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule. In a more particular embodiment, the invention provides6 the above
composition wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
(C=O)CH2CH2(C=O)OCH2CH2N(Et)C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para, trans,para.
In another embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein n is 1 or 2. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition of matter bound to a solid support. In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the compound above wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide. The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition having the structure:
wherein each of A, B and C is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 5; under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown
composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide. In yet another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme. In another particular embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide. In additional embodiments, the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane. As used herein, the permeable membrane is one of the type used to filter and separate molecules according to selected physical parameters, such as size, molecular weight, etc. A variety of synthetic and natural memranes are suitable for the purpose, including polyamide, nylon, perfluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, etc.
The subject invention also provides a composition of matter having the structure:
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein R1 and R2 are H. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl group. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above composition wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule. In another particular embodiment, the
invention provides the above composition wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
(C=O)CH2CH2(C=O)OCH2CH2N(Et)C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para, trans,para.
The invention also provides a compound which comprises the composition of matter having the above structure bound to a solid support. The invention also provides a compound which comprises the above shown composition bound to a derivative of an amino acid. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the above compound wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which
comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition having the structure:
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3; under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
The invention also provides a process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the above shown composition under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound. In one embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme. In another embodiment, the invention provides the above process wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide. In additional embodiments, the invention provides the above processes directed to optical isomers and organic compounds wherein the composition shown above is bound to a permeable membrane.
Table I. ΔG's of Association (kcal/mole) of 1 and 2 with Amino Acid Derivatives
-ΔGa Saturationb % ΔΔGc
Entry Peptide substrate 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 N-Boc-D-Ala-NHMe 1.7 2.1 53 70
2 N-Boc-L-Ala-NHMe 3.9 3.8 93 90 2.2 1.7
3 N-Boc-L-Ala-NHBn 1.4 51
4 N-Boc-L-Ala-NHtBu ncd
5 N-Boc-D-Val-NHMe 1.5 1.5 51 54
6 N-Boc-L-Val-NHMe 4.4 4.0 79 74 2.9 2.5
7 N-Boc-D-Leu-NHMe 1.5 1.6 64 60
8 N-Boc-L-Leu-NHMe 4.1 3.8 88 78 2.6 2.2
9 N-Boc-D-Ser-NHMe 3.8 4.4 86 94
10 N-Boc-L-Ser-NHMe >6.1 >6.2 95 96 >2.3 >1.8
11 N-Boc-L-Ser(OBn)-NHMe 3.1 83
12 N-Boc-D-Thr-NHMe 3.2 3.6 84 90
13 N-Boc-L-Thr-NHMe >6.2 lge >95 >3.0
14 N-Ac-D-Ala-NHMe 2.7 90
15 N-Ac-L-Ala-NHMe 3.9 94 1.2
16 N-Ac-D-Ala-NHtBu 2.0 59
17 N-Ac-L-Ala-NHtBu 3.0 85 1.0
a Measured by NMR titration at 25C with 1 or 2 at 0.5 mM ϊntration in CDCl3.
b Extent of extrapolated saturation at end of titration. c Enantioselectivity, ΔG(D) - ΔG(L).
d No complexation detected.
e Too large to measure accurately.
The following Experimental Details are set forth to aid in an understanding of the invention, and are not intended, and should not be construed, to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter.
Experimental Details
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of methyl-3,5-dimethyl-benzoate:
A solution of 3,5-dimethyl benzoic acid (25 g, 0.17 mol) in methanol (250 ml) was treated with sulfuric acid (1 ml, cat. amount) and heated to reflux. After 10 hours, the solution was cooled to room temperature, concentrated to approximately 1/2 volume and poured into 200 ml of crushed ice. The mixture was extracted twice with 200 ml portions of diethyl ether. The organic phase was extracted with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was recrystallized from hexanes to yield the product (24.5 g, 90% yield) as volatile white plates. mp=32-35°C (lit. mp=35-36°C) EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of methyl-3,5-bis(bromomethyl)-benzoate:
A solution of methyl-3,5-dimethyl-benzoate (16.8 g, 0.10 mol) in carbon tetrachloride (150 ml) was treated with N-bromosuccinimide (35.6 g, 0.20 mmol), and benzoyl peroxide (500 mg, cat. amount), and heated to reflux. After 3 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a sintered glass funnel. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and recrystallized from diethyl ether/hexanes (1:1) to yield the product (18.0 g, 55% yield) as a granular white solid. mp 64-70°C (lit. mp 65-69°C); TLC (20% ethyl acetate/hexanes): Rf=0.65 (UV active, CAM stain)
EXAMPLE 3
Preparation of methyl-3-bromomethyl-5-bis(Boc)aminomethyl-benzoate:
A mixture of sodium hydride (3.6 g, 90 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (150 ml) was cooled to 0°C and treated with solid di-tert-butyliminodicarboxylate (17.4 g, 76.0 mmol) with vigorous stirring. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 15 minutes, the ice bath was removed and a solution of methyl-3,5-bis(bromomethyl)-benzoate (23.6 g, 73.2 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide was added dropwise over 30 minutes. After 12 hours the mixture was poured into 100 ml 1/4 saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with the three 100 ml portion of hexanes. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using a gradient of 10-20% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield the product (22.0 g, 66% yield). TLC (20% ethyl acetate/hexanes): Rf=0.55 (UV active, CAM stain)
EXAMPLE 4
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris)methyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-bis(Boc)aminomethyl-benzoatel:
A solution of benzene-1,3,5-trithiol (900 mg, 5.16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran 0 ml) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.1 ml, 17.67 mmol) with vigorous stirring. The mixture was allowed to stir until all solids had dissolved and was treated with solution of methyl-3-bromomethyl-5-bis(Boc)aminomethyl-benzoate (8.1 g, 17.67 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran. After 24 hours the mixture was poured into 100 ml saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with three 100 ml portions of diethyl ether. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting oil was chromatographed using a gradient of 20-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield the product (5.10 g, 76% yield) as a colorless oil. TLC (40% ethyl acetate/hexanes): Rf=0.65 (UV active, Cl2/TDM stain)
EXAMPLE 5
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[methyl-3'-thiomethyl5'-aminomethyl-benzoate hydrochloride salt]:
A solution of benzene-1,2,3, 5-tris[methyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-bis(Boc)aminomethyl-benzoate hydrochloride] (4.8 g, 3.67 mmol) in absolute methanol (25 ml) was treated with 25 ml "10% methanolic HCl" (a mixture of 2.5 ml acetyl chloride and 22.5 ml absolute methanol) and allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. All volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting white powder was dried under high vacuum. The product (3.00 g, quant, yield) was used without additional purification.
EXAMPLE 6 Preparation of N-α-Boc-L-tyrosine methyl ester:
A solution of L-tyrosine methyl ester hydrochloride (10.0 g, 43.2 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was cooled to 0°C and treated with solid di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (13.0 g, 65 mmol) and triethylamine (6.6 ml, 47.5 mmol). After one hour the ice bath was remove and the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 4 hours the solution was poured into 200 ml ethyl acetate, extracted with 100 ml 1.0 M aqueous hydrochloric acid, 200 ml saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, 200 ml saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (12.56 g, 98% yield) was used without additional purification. EXAMPLE 7
Preparation of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl ether methyl ester:
A solution of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine methyl ester (12.5 g, 42.3 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (100 ml) was treated with allyl bromide (4.5 ml, 51.8 mmol), tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (12 g, 86.4 mmol) and allowed to stir overnight. After 14 hours the mixture was poured into 200 ml ethyl acetate and extracted with 100 ml 1.0 M aqueous citric acid, 100 ml saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was chromatographed using a gradient of 20-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield the product (14.0 g, 99% yield) a colorless oil. TLC (40% ethyl acetate/hexanes): Rf=0.40 (UV active, Cl2/TDM stain)
EXAMPLE 8 Preparation of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl ether:
A solution of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl ether methyl ester (14.0 g, 41.7 mmol) in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (100 ml) and water (10 ml) was treated with lithium hydroxide (10.0 g, 260 mmol) and allowed to stir at room temperature. After 6 hours all of the starting material had been consumed, as determined by thin layer chromatography, and the reaction mixture was diluted with 200 ml ethyl acetate and acidified to pH 2 with 1.0 M aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the product (13.4 g, quant, yield). The product was used without additional purification. EXAMPLE 9
Preparation of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl ether-p-nitrophenyl ester:
A solution of N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl ether (13.4 g, 41.7 mmol) in chloroform (100 ml) was cooled to 0°C and was treated with p-nitrophenol (17 g, 128 mmol), N-hydroxybenzotriazole (3.0 g, 21.3 mmol) and N, N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (10.5 g, 51.2 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. After 15 hours the solution was filtered to remove N,N'-dicyclohexylurea, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using 100% chloroform to yield the product (13.7 g, 74% yield) as a yellow oil which solidified upon standing. TLC (100% chloroform): Rf=0.30 (UV active, ninhydrin stain)
EXAMPLE 10
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[methyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)benzoate]:
A solution of benzene-1,3,5-tris[methyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-benzoate hydrochloride salt] (2.33 g, 2.86 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 ml) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.9 ml, 10.87 mmol) with vigorous stirring until all solids had dissolved. The solution was cooled to 0°C and treated with solid N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-O-allyl-ether-p-nitrophenyl ester (2(0 (4.3 g, 9.72 mmol). After one hour the ice bath was removed and the mixture was mixed with silica gel (13 g) and all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The preabsorbed reaction mixture was placed directly onto a chromatography column containing silica gel equilibrated with 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes. The column was eluted with 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes to remove unreacted p-nitrophenyl ester and most of the p-nitrophenol. The product was then eluted with 10% methanol/chloroform to yield a fine yellow powder slightly contaminated with p-
nitrophenol. The mixture was redissolved in methylene chloride and extracted with two 200 ml portions of 0.5 M aqueous sodium hydroxide. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield to product (4.41 g, 96% yield) as a pale yellow powder. TLC (8% acetone/methylene chloride): Rf=0.45 (UV active, Cl2/TDM stain)
EXAMPLE 11
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[2"-(trimethyl)silylethyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-Boc-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoate]:
A suspension of benzene-1,3,5-tris[methyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)benzoate] (4.3 g, 2.66 mmol) in 2-(-trimethyl)silylethanol (10 ml, 70 mmol) and toluene (10 ml) was thoroughly purged with argon and treated with titanium ethoxide (0.050 ml, catalytic amount) and heated to reflux. After 6 hours the mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite (diatomaceous earth) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was chromatographed using a gradient of 100% methylene chloride-5% methanol/methylene chloride to yield the product (4.2 g, 84% yield) as a pale yellow powder. TLC (8% acetone/methylene chloride): Rf=0.85 (UV active, Cl2/TDM stain).
EXAMPLE 12
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoic acid]:
A solution of benzene-1.3.5-tris[2'-(trimethyl)silylethyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-)N-α- BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoate] (4.2 g,
2.24 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75 ml) was treated with
tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (1.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran) (10.08 ml, 10.08 mmol). After 4 hours the solution was diluted with 100 ml ethyl acetate and acidified to pH 2 with 1.0 M aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the product (3.50 g, quant, yield). The product was used without additional purification. TLC (10% methanol/¬chloroform): Rf=0.15 (UV active, Cl2/TDM stain).
EXAMPLE 13 Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[pentafluorophenyl-3' -thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoatel:
A solution of benzene-1,3,5-tris[3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoic acid] (3.50 g, 2,24 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 ml) was treated with pentafluorophenol (3.7 g, 20.16 mmol), and was allowed to stir at room temperature. After 3 hours the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting oil was chromatographed using a gradient of 100% methylene chloride-10% acetone/methylene chloride to yield the product (2.60 g, 56 % yield) as a white powder. TLC (5% acetone/methylene chloride): Rf=0.45 (UV active, CAM stain). EXAMPLE 14
Preparation of benzene-1,3,5-tris[{pentafluorophenyl-3'- thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(L-tyrosine-amide-O-allylether)-benzoatel-trifluoroacetate salt]:
A solution of benzene-1,3,5-tris[pentafluorophenyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(N-α-BOC-L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)-benzoate] (2.5 g, 1.21 mmol) in methylene
chloride (100 ml) was treated with anisole (10.0 ml, 93.0 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (50.0 ml). After 3 hours the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, resuspended in toluene and concentrated again. Finally, the product was triturated three times in diethyl ether to yield the product (1.90 g, quant, yield) as a white powder. The product was used without additional purification. EXAMPLE 15
Preparation of L-tyrosine macrocycle tris-allyl ether: A solution of benzene-1,3,5-[{pentafluorophenyl-3'-thiomethyl-5'-aminomethyl-(L-tyrosine-amide-O-allyl-ether)benzoate}-trifluoroacetate salt] (1.47 g, 1.21 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (25 ml) was added via syringe pump (33 hours) to a stirring solution of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (30.0 ml, 180 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (500 ml). Twelve hours after the addition had been completed, the reaction mixture was diluted with an equal volume of ethyl acetate, extracted with two 200 ml portions of 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid, two 200 ml portions of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and 100 ml saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed using a gradient of 100% chloroform - 5% methanol/chloroform to yield the product (892 mg, 65% yield) as a pale yellow powder. TLC (25% acetone methylene chloride): Rf=0.45 (UV active, CAM stain).
EXAMPLE 16
Preparation of the L-tyrosine macrocycle 1:
A solution of the L-tyrosine macrocycle tris-allyl ether (50 mg, 0.041 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 ml) was treated with 5,5-dimethyl-cyclohexan-1,3-dione (100 mg,
0.71 mmol) and tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium (10.0 mg, cat. amount) and allowed to stir at room temperature. After 4 hours the solution was diluted with 50 ml ethyl acetate and extracted with three 20 ml portions of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and 20 ml saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under pressure. The resulting solid was chromatographed using 10% methanol/chloroform to yield the product (1; 40.0 mg, 89% yield) as a pale yellow powder. TLC (10% methanol/chloroform): Rf=0.20 (UV active, CAM stain).
EXAMPLE 17 Preparation of a receptor bound to a solid support:
A solid phase peptide reaction vessel was charged with Merrifield resin (chloromethylated polystyrene cross-linked with 2% divinylbenzene ; 100 mg, 0. 100 meq), the macrocyclic tris-phenol made according to Example 16 (110.0 mg, 0.100 mmol), potassium carbonate (14 mg, 0.100 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (2 ml). The mixture was placed on a rotary agitator for four days. The reaction mixture was washed successively with 5×5 ml portions of methylene chloride, methanol, deionized water, methanol, and methylene chloride. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum and weighed to dermine the amount of alkylation. The coupled resin weighed 116.3 mg (approximately 15% based on chloromethyl groups). The organic washes were diluted with 100 ml ethyl acetate and extracted with 50 ml portions of 1 M aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and chromatographed using 10% methanol/chloroform to recover unreacted tris-phenol (40.1 mg). The infrared spectrum shows type I, II, and III amide bands (1650, 1510, and 1230 cm-1).
EXAMPLE 18
Method of resolution of N-α-Boc-DL-valine methylamide: The resin-bound tyrosine receptor (50 mg) prepared in Example 17 was placed in a solid-phase peptide synthesis reaction vessel (a cylinderical glass container with a ground glass joint (standard taper 14/20) on top, a coarse glass frit, and a stopcock at the bottom; treated with dichlorodimethylsilane to reduce adhesion to the glass surface) was pre-swelled by washing 5 times with 50 ml portions of chloroform and forcing excess solvent out with a stream of argon. A solution of 10 mM N-α-BOC-DL-valine methylamide (57.6 mg) was dissolved in perdeuterobenzene, and incubated with the resin-bound host for five minutes. The resin was washed with acetone (5 times 50. ml). The collected washings were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 14.5 mg of resolved N-α-BOC-valine methylamide. The extent of enantiomeric enrichment was determined as follows. The BOC group was removed by treatment with a large excess of anhydrous methanolic HCl. On neutralization with triethylamine, the resulting amine was reacted with N-α-BOC-L-alanine p-nitrophenyl ester to give N-α-BOC-L-alanylvaline methylamide (19.0 mg, 97.2%) after chromatography. NMR integration and comparison with authentic DL diastereomeric compounds revealed an 85:15 mixture of diastereomers, i.e., 70% enantiomeric enrichment. The resin could be regenerated by washing five times with 50 ml portions of methanol, dried under a stream of argon, and re-swelled with chloroform.
EXAMPLE 19
Synthesis of an O-allγl tyrosyl C3-svmmetric receptor: N-Boc-O-Allyl-L-tyrosine amide 3. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (13.0 g, 59.6 mmol) was added to a solution of L-tyrosine methyl ester hydrochloride (10.0 g, 43.2
mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (6.6 mL, 38.0 mmol) in DMF (100 mL). The reaction mixture was poured into 1 M aq KHSO4 after 8 h and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). The combined extracts were washed with aq NaHCO3 and brine. Drying and evaporation afforded a yellow oil which was dissolved in DMF (100 mL). Potassium carbonate (12.0 g, 86 mmol), allyl bromide (4.5 mL, 51.8 mmol), and n-Bu4-NI (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h, poured into 1 M aq KHSO4, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). The combined organic layers were washed with aq NaHCO3 and brine. Drying and solvent removal afforded N-Boc-O-allyl-L-tyrosine methyl ester as a yellow oil. Ammonia (20 mL) was condensed into a solution of N-Boc-O-allyl-L-tyrosine methyl ester in CH3OH (60 mL) at -78 °C in a high pressure glass reaction vessel. The vessel was sealed and slowly warmed to rt. After 2 days, the vessel was cooled to -78 °C and opened. Argon was bubbled through the solution while it was allowed to warm slowly to rt. After 1 h, the solution was transferred to a round-bottom flask and all volatiles were removed. The light brown solid residue was washed with hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1) to yield the N-Boc-O-allyl-L-tyrosine amide 3 (13.0 g, 94%) as a white solid: mp 145 °C; Rf 0.28 (diethyl ether); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.40 (9 H, s), 2.97 (1 H, dd, J=7.2, 13.6 Hz), 3.05 (1 H, dd, J = 6.4, 13.6 Hz), 4.30 (1 H, m), 4.51 (d, J = 5.2 Hz), 5.06 (1 H, m), 5.29 (1 H, dd, J = 1.4, 10.8 Hz), 5.38 (1 H, dd, J = 1.2, 19.2 Hz), 5.40 (1 H, bs), 5.78 (1 H, bs), 6.04 (1 H, m), 6.86 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 HZ), 7.13 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 27.9, 37.3, 55.2, 68.5, 77.2, 114.6, 117.3, 128.4, 130.0, 132.9, 148.8, 157.3, 173.7; IR (KBr) 3677, 3390, 3195, 1678, 1661, 1515, 1248, 1168 cm-1; HRMS calcd for C17H24N2O4 320.1736; found 320.1741.
N-Boc-O-Allyl-L-tyrosine N,N-di-Boc-amide 4. To a solution of 3 (3.0 g, 9.38 mmol) in CH2Cl2 at rt was added i-Pr2-NEt (6.52 mL, 37.5 mmol), DMAP (192 mg, 1.56 mmol), and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.12 g, 23.5 mmol). After 2 h the reaction mixture was washed with 1 M aq KHS04 and 1 M aq NaHCO3. Drying, concentration, filtration through a pad (10 g) of silica gel with 30% ether in pentane and evaporation afforded crude 4 (4.39 g, 90%) as a pale yellow oil. Trituration with hexane gave 4 as a white amorphous solid: mp 87°C; Rf0.55 (50% ether/hexane); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.36 (9 H, s), 1.53 (18 H, s), 2.76 (1 H, dd, J = 6.8, 14.0 Hz), 3.13 (1 H, dd, J = 4.8, 14.0 Hz), 4.51 (d, J = 5.2 Hz), 5.05 (1 H, d, J = 9.6 Hz), 5.26 (1 H, dd, J = 1.6, 10.0 Hz), 5.41 (1 H, dd, J = 1.6, 18.0 Hz), 5.57 (1 H, dd, J=4.8, 6.8 Hz), 6.05 (1 H, m), 6.84 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.12 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 27.6, 28.3, 38.3, 54.8, 68.8, 79.6, 85.2, 114.6, 117.5, 128.1, 130.7, 133.4, 149.2, 155.0, 157.8, 174.7; IR (KBr) 2979, 2361, 1788, 1728, 1609, 1511, 1458, 1368, 1316, 1224, 1144, 1011 cm-1; HRMS (M + 1) calcd for C27H43N2O8 521.2863, found 521.2854. Anal. Calcd for C27H42N2O8: C, 62.05; H,8.10; N,5.36. Found: C, 62.29; H,7.70; N,5.38. Boc-Amidomethyl methyl (bromomethyl) benzoate 5.
NaN(TMS)2(1 MM THF; 4.75 mL, 4.75 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4 (2.50 g, 4.81 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at -78 °C. Methyl 3, 5-bis (bromomethyl) benzoate (1.86 g, 5.77 mmol) and n-Bu4NI (431 mg, 1.17 mmol) were added after 5 min, and the reaction mixture was warmed to 10-15 °C. After 45 min the reaction mixture was diluted with ether (40 mL) and washed with aq NH4Cl. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether (2X) and the extracts were washed with brine. Drying, concentration, and flash chromatography (10-20% ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded 5 (2.96 g, 82%) as a white foam; Rf 0.45 (50% ether/hexane); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.33 (9 H, s), 1.42 (18 H, s), 3.09 (1 H,
dd, J = 8.4, 14.0 Hz), 3.44 (1 H, dd, J = 6.4, 14.0 Hz), 3.89 (3 H, s), 4.45 (2 H, s), 4.51 (d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.56 (1 H, J = 15.2 Hz), 4.95 (1 H, dd, J = 15.2 Hz), 5.29 (1 H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 5.41 (1 H, d, J = 17.6 Hz), 5.72 (1 H, dd, J = 6.0, 8.4 Hz), 6.05 (1 H, m), 6.81 (2 H, d, J
= 8.4 Hz), 7.18 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.50 (1 H, s), 7.90 (1 H, s), 7.92 (1 H, s); 13C NMR (d6-DMSO) 527.2, 27.3, 33.2, 35.0, 48.0, 52.2, 61.5, 68.1, 82.0, 83.1, 114.3, 117.1, 120.9, 128.0, 128.7, 130.1, 130.5, 133.8, 133.8, 139.0, 139,3. 151.9, 151.9, 156.8, 165.6, 173.6; IR (film) 3286, 2979, 2933, 1787, 1752, 1710, 1611, 1511, 1481, 1458, 1368, 1302, 1238, 1142, 1027, 999, 923 cm-1; HRMS (M + 1) calcd for C37H50O10N2Br 763.2637, found 763.2755.
Nona-Boc Trisulfide 6. Compound 5 (2.0 g, 2.63 mmol) was added to a suspension of benzene-1, 3 , 5-trithiol6 (140 mg, 0.80 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (610 μL, 35.1 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at rt. The reaction mixture was quenched with aq NH4C1 after 6 h and extracted with ether (2X). After a brine wash and concentration, flash chromatography (5-3:1:1 pentane: benzene: diethyl ether) gave 6 (1.38 g, 78%) as a solid white foam: mp 80 °C; Rf 0.35 (33% hexane/diethyl ether); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.31 (27 H, s), 1.40 (54 H, s), 3.13 (3 H, dd, J = 8.4, 13.2 Hz), 3.44 (3 H, dd, J = 6.0, 13.2 Hz), 3.86 (9 H, s), 4.08 (6 H, s), 4.50 (6 H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.54 (3 H, d, J = 15.2), 4.98 (3 H, J = 15.2 HZ), 5.27 (3 H, J = 9.6 Hz), 5.40 (3 H, d, J = 15.2 Hz), 5.71 (3 H, dd, J = 6.0, 8.4 Hz), 6.03 (3 H, m), 6.82 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 HZ), 7.02 (3 H, s), 7.19 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 HZ), 7.51 (3 H, S), 7.86 (6 H, s); 13C NMR (d6-DMSO) δ 27.2, 27.3, 35.0, 35.7, 48.0, 52.0, 61.4, 81.9, 83.0, 114.3, 117.1, 120.9, 124.2, 127.1, 128.5, 129.8, 130.5, 132.6, 133.8, 137.6, 138.0, 138.9, 151.3, 151.8, 156.8, 165.6, 173.6; IR (film) 3420, 2979, 1791, 1733, 1653, 1636, 1609, 1558, 1511, 1474, 1457, 1436, 1368, 1314, 1219, 1145, 1011, 960, 926, 850, 772, cm-1. Anal. Calcd
for C117H150N6O30S3: C,63.40; H,6.82; N,3.79. Found: C,62.87; H,6.80; N,3.68.
Tri-Boc Trisulfide 7. Trifluoroacetic acid (75 mL) and anisole (19 mL) were added via syringe to a solution of 6 (11.4 g, 5.15 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (150 mL) at rt. After 18 h, concentration gave a light pink residue which was triturated with ether to yield a white powder (low resolution mass spectrophotometric data; m/z = 1316). That material was dissolved in DMF (80 mL) containing K2CO3 (3.78 g, 31 mmol), i-Pr2NEt (5.4 mL, 31 mmol), and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (5.61 g, 25.75 mmol). After 17 h, the reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate (1000 mL) and washed with 1 M aq KHSO4, NaHCO3, and brine. Drying, concentration, and trituration with ether afforded 7 (7.07 g, 85%) as a white powder: mp 138°C; Rf 0.39 (10% acetone/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (d6-DMSO) δ 1.29 (27 H, s), 2.67 (3 H, dd, J = 10.4, 14.0 Hz), 2.86 (3 H, dd, J = 4.4, 14.0 Hz), 3.76 (9 H, s), 4.10 (3 H, m), 4.27 (12 H, m), 4.45 (6 H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 5.20 (3 H, d, J = 10.4 Hz), 5.33 (3 H, J = 17.6 Hz) , 6.04 (3 H, m), 6.77 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.10 (3 H, s), 7.11 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.51 (3 H, s), 7.73 (3 H, s), 7.81 (3 H, s), 8.50 (3 H, m); 13C NMR (d6-DMSO) 527.2, 30.8, 35.8, 36.6, 41.7, 52.1, 56.2, 68.0, 78.0, 114.2, 117.2, 123.7, 127.0, 128.1, 129.8, 130.1, 132.6, 133.8, 137.7, 140.6, 155.3, 156.6, 162.3, 165.9, 172.0,; IR (KBr) 3310, 2926, 1720, 1511, 1437, 1367, 1310, 1242, 1167, 1024 cm-1. Anal. Calcd for C87H102N6O18S3: C,64.66; H,6.36; N,5.20. Found: C, 64.07; H,6.50; N,5.02.
Pentafluorophenyl Ester of 7. A solution of 1 M aq LiOH (15 mL, 15 mmol) was added to 7 (500 mg, 0.309 mmol) in THF/EtOH/H2O (6:3:2, 100 mL). The reaction mixture was poured into 1. M aq KHSO4 after 8 h and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X). After the extracts were washed with
brine and dried, solvent removal afforded the crude acid as a light brown powder which was washed with ether.
Pentafluorophenol (600 mg, 3.26 mmol) and 1-(3-(dimethylamino) propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (320 mg, 1.69 mmol) were added to a stirred solution of the crude acid (470 mg) in THF (7.0 mL). After 4 h of stirring, concentration gave a brown residue from which the tris (pentafluorophneyl ester) (435 mg, 68%) was isolated by flash chromatography (0-10% acetone/CH2Cl2) as an amorphous white solid: mp 158 °C; Rf 0.24 (5% acetone/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.35 (27 H, s), 2.98 (6 H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.02 (6 H, s), 4.35 (6 H, d, J = 4.4 Hz), 4.44 (6 H, ddd, J = 1.6, 1.8, 5.6 Hz), 5.25 (3 H, dd, J = 1.6, 10.4 Hz), 5.36 (3 H, dd, J = 1.6, 17.2 Hz), 5.99 (3 H, dddd, J = 1.6, 1.8, 10.4, 17.2 Hz), 6.76 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.98 (3 H, s), 7.05 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.34 (3 H, s), 7.90 (3 H, s), 7.99 (3 H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 29.5, 32.3, 39.0, 39.3, 44.1, 57.5, 70.1, 81.7, 116.1, 119.0, 128.9, 129.9, 130.1, 131.4, 131.6, 134.5, 135.7, 138.7, 140.0, 140.9, 141.0, 157.0, 158.9, 163.3, 173.5; IR (KBr) 3371, 2979, 1686, 1615, 1517, 1444, 1368, 1224, 1166 cm-1. Anal. Calcd for C102H93F15O18S3: C, 59.13; H,4.52; N,4.06. Found: C,58.53; H,4.52; N,4.06.
Tyrosine Macrocycle 2A. Anisole (12 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (60 mL) were added via syringe to a stirring solution of the above tris (pentafluorophenyl ester) (3.16 g, 1.52 mmol) in CH2-Cl2 (125 mL). After 6 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The resulting pink oil was triturated with ether to yield the tris-TFA amine salt as a white powder (3.20 g).
A solution of the above tris-TFA amine salt (1.50 g, 0.710 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (25 mL) was added dropwise over 36 h to a rapidly stirred solution of i- Pr2NEt (30 mL, 172 mmol) in THF (1200 mL) at rt. After
the solution was stirred for an additional 12 h, 800 mL of THF was removed and the remaining solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). The solution was then washed with 0.5 M aq HCl (2X), aq NaHCO3 (2X), and brine. Drying, concentration, and flash chromatography (10-50% acetone in CH2Cl2) afforded 2A as an amorphous white solid (680 mg, 78%): mp 200 °C; Rf 0.38 (20% acetone/CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.09 (3 H, dd, J = 7.2, 14.0 Hz), 3.24 (3 H, dd, J = 7.2, 14.0 Hz), 3.78 (3 H, d, J = 15.2 Hz), 4.03 (3 H, dd, J = 4.2, 14.2 Hz), 4.11 (3 H, d, J = 15.2 Hz), 4.38 (3 H, dd, J = 6.8, 14.2 Hz), 4.53 (6 H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.80 (3 H, dd, J = 7.2, 15.6 Hz), 5.28 (3 H, dd, J = 1.2, 9.6 Hz), 5.41 (3 H, dd, J = 1.2, 17.2 Hz), 6.04 (3 H, m), 6.65 (3 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.68 (3 H, s), 6.83 (3 H, bs), 6.a2 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.08 (3 H, s), 7.21 (6 H, d, J = 8.4 HZ), 7.44 (3 H, s), 7.55 (3 H, s); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 32.3, 35.8, 37.6, 45.0, 56.1, 70.2, 116.3, 119.1, 127.3, 129.7, 130.3, 131.5, 131.6, 131.8, 134.2, 134.5, 134.7, 137.9, 140.0, 141.0, 158.9, 168.6, 172.4; IR (KBr) 3310, 2926, 1654, 1510, 1457, 1242, 1178, 1113, 1019, 926, 824 cm-1; HRMS calcd for C69H66N6O9S3 1219.4130, found 1219.4093.
EXAMPLE 20
Determination of Optical Purity of 5. K2CO3 (20 mg, 0.145 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 3 (100 mg, 0.131 mmol) in CH3OH (2 mL). After 30 min, the reaction mixture was filtered, diluted with ether (10 mL), and washed with aq NH4Cl and brine. Concentration followed by flash chromatography (20% diethyl ether/pentane) afforded N-Boc-O-allyltyrosine methyl ester (40.0 mg, 92%).
The above methyl ester was dissolved in CH3OH (5.0 mL) and acetyl chloride (1.0 mL, 13.5 mmol) was carefully added by pipette. After 3 h, all volatiles were removed and the resulting white solid was taken up in diethyl ether
which was washed with 0.5 M aq LiOH and brine. Drying and solvent removal afforded O-allyl-tyrosine methyl ester as a waxy solid (26.8 mg, 95%). O-Allyltyrosine methyl ester (20 mg, 0.084 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (S)-(-)-methoxy(trifluoromethyl) phenyl-acetic acid (28.0 mg, 0.120 mmol) and DCC (40 mg, 0.20 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.50 mL). After 3 h the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (10.0 mL), filtered, and washed with 0.5 M aq NaOH. Drying and solvent removal afforded the crude (S)-(-)-methoxy-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl-acetamide as a waxy oil containing DCC and N,N-dicyclohexylurea: Rf0.55 (50% ether/hexane); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.05 (1 H, dd, J = 6.4, 14.4 Hz), 3.13 (1 H, dd, J = 5.4, 14.4 Hz), 3.24 (3 H, s), 3.74 (3 H, s), 4.52 (2 H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.87 (1 H, ddd, J = 5.4, 6.0, 6.4 Hz), 5.29 (1 H, d, J = 10.4 Hz), 5.41 (1 H, d, J = 17.6 Hz), 6.06 (1 H, m), 6.83 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.05 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.28 (1 H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 7.39 (3 H, m), 7.52 (2 H, m); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 28.9, 37.0, 52.5, 53.4, 53.7, 55.0, 69.0, 77.9, 115.2, 117.8, 127.8, 128.1, 128.7, 129.8, 130.4, 133.4, 158.0, 166.2, 171.9,; IR (film) 3411, 3140, 2953, 2851, 1745, 1696, 1511, 1244, 1233, 1224, 1178 cm-1; HRMS (M + 1) calcd for C23H25F3NO5 452.1685, found 452.1685.
O-Allyltyrosine methyl ester (20 mg, 0.084 mmol) was added to a stirring solution of (RS)-(±)-methoxy(trifluoromethyl)-phenylacetic acid (28.0 mg, 0.120 mmol) and DCC as described in the preceding paragraph to yield an authentic mixture of diastereomeric MTPA amides: Rf 0.55 and 0.57 (50% ether/hexane); 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.95-3.15 (2 H, m), 3.24/3.46 (3 H, s), 3.74/3.76 (3 H, s), 4.50 (2 H, m), 4.80-5.0 (1 H, m), 5.26 (1 H, d, J = 10.4 Hz), 5.38 (1 H, d, J = 17.4 Hz), 6.03 (1 H, m), 6.71/6.83 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.77/7.05 (2 H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.28 (1 H, m), 7.39 (3 H, m), 7.50 (2 H, m); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 28.9,
36.62, 37.0, 52.2, 52.5, 53.4, 53.7, 54.6, 69.0, 77.9, 114.6, 114.7, 117.4, 117.5, 127.1, 127.7, 128.2, 128.3, 129.1, 129.3, 129.9, 130.0, 133.0, 158.0, 166.2, 171.9; IR (film) 3411, 3140, 2953, 2851, 1745, 1696, 1511, 1244, 1233, 1224, 1178 cm-1; HRMS (M + 1) calcd for C23H25F3NO5 452.1685, found 452.1695.
EXAMPLE 21 One-step synthesis of 9. To an ice cold solution of (-)-(1R, 2R)-diaminocyclohexane (24 mg, 0.211 mmol) and iPrNEt2 (0.11 mL, 0.417 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and dimethylacetamide (10 mL) was added 1,3,5-benzenetricarbonyl trichloride (36 mg, 0.139 mmol) as a single portion with stirring. After 2 hours at 0 °C, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an additional 12 hours. All volatiles were then removed at reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using methylene chloride:methanol = 97:3 to give, as the most mobile compound, an amorphous white solid (9; 5.8 mg, 13%) 1H NMR (CDCl3) 58.58 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J=6.84 Hz), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.03 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (CDCl3) 5 169.2, 166.4, 165,3, 135.1, 134.8, 133.8, 130.2, 129.6, 128.1, 57.5, 54.7, 52.4, 32.6, 31.7, 31.2, 25.0, 24.7, 24.1; IR (neat) 3336, 2937, 1644, 1537, 1322 cm-1; MS (FAB) m/z 1309 (M+). HRMS (FAB) calcd for C72H85O12N12 1309.6410, found 1309.6311.
EXAMPLE 22
Compound 13a*-1 To a solution of 1.03 g of trimesic acid (A) dimethyl ester (4.33 mmol; S. Kasina, J. Nematollahi, Tetrahedron Lett . , 1978, 19, 1403), 0.93 g of monoBoc-(1R,2R)-
diaminocyclohexane (B, 4.33 mmol; J.B. Hansen, M.C. Nielsen, U. Ehrbar, O. Buchardt, Synthesis , 1982, 404) and 0.59 g of HOBT (4.33 mmol) in 50 ml of CH2Cl2 was added 1.0 g of EDC (5.20 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring for 2 hr at 0°C and additional 8 hr at r.t., all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was extracted with EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl solution (3×50 ml), saturated NaHCO3 solution (3×50 ml) and saturated NaCl solution (1×50 ml). After drying over MgSO4, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 1/1=hexane/EtOAc to give an amorphous white solid (1.49 g, 79.3%). Rf=0.62 (1/1=hexane/EtOAc)
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 1.23 (m, 13H) 1.69 (m, 1H) 2.19 (m, 1H)
3.45 (m, 1H) 3.71 (m, 1H) 3.88 (s, 6H) 4.81 (d, 1H,
J=8.25 Hz) 7.45 (d, 1H, J=7.20 Hz) 8.61 (d, 2H, J=1.53
Hz) 8.69 (t, 1H, J=1.56 Hz)
13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 165.41, 164.97, 157.11, 135.23, 133.00,
132.03, 130.90, 79.69, 56.63, 53.40, 52.34, 32.36, 32.11,
28.05, 24.99, 24.32
IR (neat) 3320, 2872, 1770, 1700, 1665, 1576 cm-1
MS (FAB) m/z 435 (M+1), 335 (M-Boc) Compound 13-1a* (Hexamethyl ester)
To a solution of 0.15 g of 13a*-1 Boc-B-A(CO2Me)2 (0.437 mmol) and 0.10 ml of anisole in 10 ml of CH2Cl2 was added 3 ml of TFA. After stirring for 2 hr at r.t., all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was washed with ether and dissolved in 10 ml of DMA. To above solution were added 0.13 ml of TEA (0.961 mmol) and 35 mg of 1,3,5-benzenetricarbonyl chloride (0.131 mmol). After stirring overnight at r.t., all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by
flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous white solid (0.15 g, 98.5%).
Rf=0.45 (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 166.82, 166.21, 165.00, 136.22, 134.64,
132.39, 131.94, 130.92, 129.44, 59.82, 54.88, 52.10,
32.10, 31.98, 25.42, 24.98
IR (neat) 3326, 2821, 1730, 1682, 1574 cm-1
MS (FAB) m/z 1160 (M+1)
Compound 13-1a** (Hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester
To a solution of 0.14 g of hexamethyl ester (13-1a*, 0.120 mmol) in 5 ml of THF, 3 ml of MeOH and 1 ml of water was added 0.84 ml of 1N NaOH solution. After stirring for 5 hr at r.t., the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 ml). The crude hexacarboxyl acid was dissolved in 3 ml of THF and 10 ml of CH2Cl2, and 0.15 g of pentafluorophenol 0.840 mmol) and 0.16 g of EDC (0.840 mmol) were added. After stirring for 5 hr at r.t., all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20% acetone in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous white solid (86 mg, 31.9%).
Rf=0.58 (10% acetone in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 5 1.40 (m, 4H) 1.83 (m, 2H) 2.11 (m, 1H 2.25 (m, 1J) 3.97 (m, 2H) 7.09 (m, 1H) 7.32 (m, 1H) 8.30 (s, 1H) 8.75 (s, 2H) 8.97 (s, 1H)
IR (neat) 3320, 2825, 1715, 1675, 1573 cm-1
Compound 13* (Tetrahedral symmetric macrocyclic receptor A solution of 46 mg of hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester 13-1a** (0.0205 mmol) and 7 mg of (1R,2R) diaminocyclohexane diTFA salt (B, 0.615 mmol) in 10 ml of DMA
was added to a solution of 0.10 ml of DIPEA (0.589 mmol) in 150 ml of THF at r.t. for 20 hr by syringe pump. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous white solid (13 mg, 50.0%)
Rf=0.45 (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.28 (m, 1H) 1.72 (m, 1H) 1.90 (m, 1H) 3.96 (m, 1H) 8.16 (s, 1H) 8.24 (m, 1H)
13C NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 166.32, 134.70, 129.50, 54.81, 30.50,
24.68
IR (neat) 3321, 2882, 1680, 1573 cm-1
MS (FAB) m/z 1309 (M+1)
Compound 13a* (Dye-labelled receptor)
A solution of 86 mg of hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester 13* (0.0383 mmol) and 96 mg of N-succinyl dye-3R,4R-pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salt (8-2, 0.126 mmol) in 10 ml of DMA was added to a solution of 0.15 ml of DIPEA (0.884 mmol) in 150 ml of THF at r.t. for 20 hr by syringe pump. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous red solid (48 mg, 51.0%).
Rf=0.31 (10% MeOH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (1/1=CD3OD/CDCl3) δ 1.12 (m, 3H) 1.32 (m, 4H) 1.70 (m, 2H) 1.95 (m, 2H) 2.52 (m, 4H) 3.42 (m, 2H) 3.62 (m, 2H) 3.95 (m, 4H) 4.20 (m, 2H) 4.68 (m, 2H) 6.71 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz) 7.74 (m, 4H) 8.00 (s, 1H) 8.18 (m, 4H)
13C NMR (1/1=CD3OD/CDCl3) δ 172.83, 170.12, 166.37 (m), 156.54, 151.23, 147.11, 143.51, 134.37, 134.33, 133.70,
128.27 (m), 126.04, 122.31, 111.19, 61.39, 61.29, 53.18
(m), 46.85, 46.81, 45.43, 32.04, 31.76, 31.64, 28.46, 28.30, 28.18, 24.56, 24.40, 11.89
IR (neat) 3321, 2874, 1722, 1674, 1573 cm"1
MS (FAB m/z 2459 (M+1)
EXAMPLE 23
Synthesis of A4B16: To an ice cold solution of (1R,2R)-diphenylethylenediamine (66 mg, 0.31 mmol) and iPr2NEt (0.16 mL, 0.63 mmol) in THF (100mL) and dimethylacetamide (10 mL) was added 1,3,5-benzenetricarbonyl trichloride (55 mg, 0.21 mmol) as a single protion with stirring. After 2 hours at 0°C, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then to stand for an additional 12 hours. Volatile materials were removed at reduced pressure and the crude product was pruified by flash chromatography on silica gel (3% methanol in methylene chloride). A4B16 was the most mobile compound chromatographically and was isolated as an amorphous white solid (9.8 mg, 10%): TLC (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) Rf=0.71; 1H NMR (CDCl3) 59.03 (d, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 8.57 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.12 (m, 15H), 6.81 (m, 1H),5.60 (m, 2H), 5.38 (dd, 1H, J=10.7, 6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 168.7, 165.8, 164 . 7 , 141. 8-128 . 5 (m) , 64 . 7 , 62 . 8 , 60. 0 ; IR (neat) 3345 , 2933, 1652, 1538, 1321 cm-1; MS(FAB) m/z 1899 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 24
3aa: To a solution of trimesic acid pentafluorophenyl dimethyl ester (0.42 g, 1.04 mmol) and tri (aminomethyl) benzene triHCl salt (86 mg, 0.31 mmol) in 10 mL of dry N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA) was added 0.36 mL of iPr2NEt. After stirring 8 hr, the mixture was concentrated at reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give 3aa as an amorphous white solid (0.20 g, 78%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) 5 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H),
8.61 (s, 2H), 8.70 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (CDCl3) 5 165.74,
165.36, 139.11, 134.99, 132.84, 132.18, 130.77, 126.35, 52.44, 43.71; IR (neat) 3324, 2815, 1730, 1674, 1573 cm-1; HRMS (FAB) calcd. for C42H40N3O15 827.2537 found 827.2539. 2aa: To 3aa (0.1 g, 0.121 mmol) in 5 mL THF, 3 mL MeOH and 1 ml water was added 0.85 mL IN NaOH solution. After stirring for 5 hr, the mixture was acidified with 1N HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The extracted hexaacid was dissolved in 3 mL THF and 10 mL CH2Cl2, and C6F5OH (0.15 g, 0.84 mmol) and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide (0.16 g, 0.84 mmol) were added. After stirring for 5 hr, concentration and flash chromatography (silica gel, 20% acetone in CH2Cl2) gave 3bb as an amorphous white solid (63 mg, 30%).
A solution of 3bb (44 mg, 0.025 mmol) and N-succinyl dye-3R,4R-pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salt (63 mg, 0.084 mmol) in 10 mL DMA was added with stirring to a solution of iPr2NEt (0.19 mL, 1.09 mmol) in 200 mL dry THF at rt over 20 hr by syringe pump. After stirring for an additional 8 hr, concentration and flash chromatography (silica gel, 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2) gave 2aa as an amorphous red solid (15mg, 26%). 1H NMR (1/1 CD3OD/CDCl3) 5 0.70 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz), 2.45 (m, 4H), 3.01 (q, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.36 (s, br, 2H), 3.50 (s, br, 2H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, 2H, J=9.1 HZ), 7.72 (m, 5H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 8.10 (d, 2H, J=9.0 HZ), 8.23 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (1/1 = CD3OD/CDCl3) 5 172.82, 170.20, 169.72, 169.61, 167.70, 138.51, 136.06, 133.53, 131.27, 130.54, 130.46, 129.54, 126.72, 125.92, 125.22,
124.37, 124.24, 122.31, 118.85, 112.22, 61.34, 55.74, 50.54, 45.70, 44.42, 38.28, 28.76, 28.27, 27.52, 27.22, 11.94; IR (neat) 3324, 2815, 1720, 1675, 1573 cm-1; MS (FAB) m/z 2127 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 25
A2B2 dimethyl ester (3'). A solution of 5.2 g of 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxyl acid bis-pentafluorophenyl monomethyl ester (9.34 mmol) and 1.1 g of 1R,2R-diaminocyclohexane bistrifluoroacetic acid (TFA2) salt (9.34 mmol) in 50 mL of dimethylacetamide (DMA) was added to a solution of 7.2 mL of iPr2NEt (41.1 mmol, 4.4 equiv.) in 200 mL THF at 25°C over 20 hrs by syringe pump. After stirring for an additional 8 hrs, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% methanol in CH2Cl2 to give 3' as an amorphous white solid (1.52 g, 54%): Rf=0.65 (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2); IR (neat) 3440, 2987, 1720, 1672 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDCl3, ppm) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 13C NMR (CDCl3, ppm) 5 24.78, 31.88, 52.60, 55.59, 129.58, 130.53, 130.91, 135.39, 165.27, 168.16; MS (FAB) m/z 605 (M++1); HRMS Calc for C32H37N4O8 605.2612, found 605.2607.
A2B2 bis (pentafluorophenyl) ester (4'). To a solution of 1 g of dimethyl ester (1.65 mmol) in 30 mL of THF and 15 mL of MeOH was added 3.3 mL of 1N NaOH solution. After stirring for 5 hrs at 25°C, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). After solvent removal, the crude dicarboxylic acid was dissolved in 30 mL of THF and 30 mL of CH2Cl2, and 0.61 g of pentafluorophenol (3.3 mmol) and 0.63 g of EDC (3.3 mmol) were added. After stirring for 5 hrs at 25°C, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 20% acetone in CH2Cl2 yielding 4' as an amorphous white solid (0.77 g, 51%): Rf=0.87 (silica gel, 10% acetone in CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CDCl3, ppm 5 9.14 (s, 2H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.01 (m, 2H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 4H); HRMS Calc for C42H31N4O8F10 909.6772, found 909.6767.
N-Succinyl dye-3R,4R-pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salt (5'). To a solution of 0.8 g of Disperse Red 1 (Aldrich, 2.09
mmol), 0.35 mL of Et3N (2.75 mmol) and 0.035 g of DMAP (0.25 mmol) in 30 ml of CH2Cl2 was added 0.25 g of succinic anhydride (2.50 mmol). After stirring overnight at 25°C, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the mono-dye ester of succinic acid as an amorphous red solid (0.95 g, 96%): Rf=0.31 (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CDCl3, ppm) 5 8,34 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.2 HZ, 3H)
To a solution of 0.095 g of above mono-dye ester (0.201 mmol), 0.030 g of HOBT (0.221 mmol) and 0.087 g of 3R,4R-di(Boc-amino)pyrrolidine (0.221 mmol, prepared by Boc protection (Boc2O, NEt3) and debenzylation (ammonium formate, Pd/C) from the known N-benzyl 3R,4R-diaminopyrrolidine; D.R. Reddy and E.R. Thornton, J. Chem . Soc , Chem . Commun . , 172 (1992)) in 30 mL of CH2Cl2 was added 0.042 g of EDC (0.221 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring for 2 hr at 0°C and additional 8 hr at 25 °C, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give Boc2-5' as an amorphous red solid (0.12 g, 79%): Rf=0.62 (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CDCl3, ppm) 5 8.33 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (dd, J=12.0, 9.0 Hz, 4H), 6.80 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.54.(q, J=7.2 Hz , 2H), 3.23-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.49 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 18H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, ppm) 5172.83, 169.98, 156.73, 151.25, 126.66, 126.22, 125.37, 124.64, 122.61, 119.58, 111.42, 61.43, 54.86, 50.34, 48.70, 45.62, 28.76, 28.52, 28.28, 28.22, 12.24; MS (FAB) m/z 698 (M++1); HRMS Calc for C34H48N7O9 698.3514, found 698.3512.
To a solution of 0.12 g of Boc2-5' (0.159 mmol) and 0.15 ml of anisole in 15 ml of CH2Cl2 was added 5 ml of TFA at
25°C. After stirring for 2 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure and the residue (crude 5' TFA2) was washed with ether and used for next step without further purification.
Dyed receptor (2'). A solution of 0.12 g of Ms (pentafluorophenyl) ester 4' (0.131 mmol) and 0.11 g of 5' TFA2 (0.146 mmol, 1.1 eq.) in 10 mL of DMA was added via syringe pump over 20 h to a solution of 0.23 mL of iPr2NEt (1.31 mmol) in 200 ml of THF at 28°C. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was then purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 3% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give receptor 2 ' as an amorphous red solid (31 mg, 20.4%): Rf=0.41 (silica gel, 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2); IR (neat) 3391, 2893, 1721, 1673, 1530 cm-1; 1H NMR (1:1=CDCl3:CD3OD, ppm) 5 8.49 (s, 4H), 8.27 (s, 4H), 8.01 (s, 4H), 7.98.(d, 4H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.64 (dd, 8H, J=8.8, 1.4 HZ), 6.55 (d, 4H, J=8.9 Hz), 4.56 (m, 4H), 4.08 (m, 8H), 1.61 (m, 8H), 1.21 (m, 16H), 1.01 (t, 6H, J=7.1 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3:CD3OD=1:1, ppm) 5 172.83, 170.45, 167.97, 165.32, 156.55, 151.20, 146.99, 134.17, 134.05, 133.67, 129.85, 128.81, 128.68, 128.51, 128.32, 125.97, 124.32, 122.22, 111.20, 61.34, 57.07, 54.49, 52.00, 45.28, 32.18, 31.47, 30.79, 28.41, 28.07, 24.81, 24.42, 24.29, 11.73; MS (FAB) m/z 2077 (M++1); HRMS Calc for C108H120N22O22 2076.8850, found 2076.8776.
Solid Phase Binding Assay. The solid phase substrate library was prepared by the encoded split synthesis as described previously and included 50,625 different acylated tripeptide sequences corresponding to all possible combinations of the 15 acylating agents and 15 amino acids (used three times) listed in the text. (A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am . Chem . Soc , 116, 373 (1991); M.H.J. Ohlmeyer, R.N. Swanson, L.W. Dillard, J.C.
Reader, G. Asouline, R. Kobayashi, M. Wigler and W.C. Still, Proc Natl . Acad . Sci . USA, 90, 10922 (1993))
To screen the substrate library for binding, a 10 mg sample of the library (~105 beads) was mixed in a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube with 0.3 mL of ~50 μM 2 ' in CHCl3. After agitation on a wrist-action shaker for 48 h, ~1% of the beads were found to be stained deep red. Fifty-five of these deep red beads were picked by hand under a 4X wide-field microscope and photolyzed (350 nm, 4 hrs) in 1-2 μL of DMF to release the tag molecules. After silylation (CH3C(OTMS)NTMS, ~0.1 μL), electron capture GC was used to analyze the tag complement of each picked bead.
Results and Discussion
Unlike most synthetic host molecules (Notable exceptions: Petti, M.A.; Shepodd, T.J.; Barrans, R.E.; Dougherty, D.A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988 110. 6825. Mock, W.L.; Shih, N.-Y. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1989 111. 2697. Sherman, J.C.; Cram, D.J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1989, 111. 4527. Jeong, K.S.; Muehldorf, A.V.; Rebek, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 6144. Hong, J.-I.; Namgoong, S.K.; Bernardi, A.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 5111. Webb, T.H.; Suh, H.; Wilcox, C.S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113. 5111. Webb, T.H.; Suh, H.; Wilcox, C.S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113 , 8554. Tanner, M.E.; Knobler, C.B.; Cram, D.J. J. Org. Chem. 1992, 57, 40) biological receptors are conformationally well defined and large enough to almost fully encapsulate the substrates which they often bind with exquisite selectivity. Constructing analogous synthetic receptors is challenging because such structures seem to require complex atomic networks to form large binding sites and position binding functionality. A practical synthesis of a highly enantioselective, C3-symmetric host molecule 2A has been developed. The basic strategy is a significant improvement over the relatively lengthy previous synthesis and involves direct addition of a Boc-tyrosine amide anion derivative 4 to methyl 3,5-bis(bromomethyl)-benzoate to give an advanced intermediate 5. The final step, a triple macrolactamization, closes three 19-membered rings simultaneously to produce the bridged macrotricyclic receptor in 70-80% yield.
The C3-symmetric receptor 1A (Hong, J.-LI; Namgoong, S.K.; Bernardi, A.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113,
5111) described hereinabove is one of the most enantioselective synthetic receptors yet reported and binds N-Boc-N'-methylamide derivatives of simple amino acids with enantioselectivity ranging from 2 to 3 kcal/mol (90-99% ee) (Other enantioselective hosts for neutral molecules: Canceill, J.; Lacombe, L.; Collet, A.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 107. 6993. Pirkle, W.H.; Pochapsky, T.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1987, 109. 5957. Sanderson, P.E.J.; Kilburn, J.D.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1989, 111, 8314. Castro, P.P.; Georgiadis, T.M.; Diederich, F. J. Orσ. Chem. 1989, 54., 5384. Liu, R.; Sanderson, P.E.J.; Still, W.C. J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 5184. Jeong, K.-S.; Muehldorf, A.V.; Rebek, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1980, 112, 6144. Webb, T.H.; Suh, H.; Wilcox, C.S. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113. 8554). Such highly enantioselective receptors could have practical applications as resolving agents. A practical synthesis is provided hereinabove of O-allyl tyrosyl receptor 2A, a derivative of 1A which could be covalently bound to a solid support.
For a derivative of 1A which could be bound to a solid support, the O-allyl derivative 2A is appropriate. Such otherwise stable ethers can be deprotected (Kunz, H.; Unverzagt, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1984, 23, 436) with transition metals to free phenols or attached (Tambute, A.; Begos, A.; Lienne, M.; Macaudiere, P.; Caude, M.; Rosset, R.; New J. Chem. 1989, 13, 625) directly to a support using free radical chemistry. The present synthesis avoids the problematic di-tert-butyl iminodicarboxylate anion coupling and addition of nitrogen and amino acid in separate steps. Instead, a more convergent route is provided in which an N-anionic amino acid fragment would be added to bis (bromomethyl) benzoate in a single step. Use of a Boc-stabilized amide ion made from N-Boc-O-allyltyrosine amide is summarized in Figure 1, and proved more reactive
to acylation than was the primary amide. Thus, the major product with 1 equiv of Boc2O/DMAP, the tri-Boc material could be isolated in 95% yield. As shown in Figure 1, the desired Boc-stabilized amide anion could nevertheless be obtained and the planned coupling achieved. Thus starting with commercially available O-allyl-N-Boc-tyrosine methyl ester 3, NH3 was used to prepare the corresponding primary amide which then formed the tri-Boc derivative 4.
On treatment of 4 with sodium hexamethyldisilylazide in THF at -78°C, a rapid deprotonation and Boc-migration occurred, leading to the Boc-stabilized amide anion shown below. While this anion was stable enough to be alkylated with benzylic bromides at low temperatures, warming it to 15°C caused elimination of tert-butoxide leading to 8. For preparation of 2A, 1.2 equiv of 3,5-bis-(bromomethyl)benzoate were used with Bu4NI catalysis and obtained 5 in 82% yield.
Although the alkylation proceeded smoothly, 5 might be acidic enough to have racemized under the basic conditions of the alkylation. To test for such racemization, a sample of 5 was treated with K2CO3 in methanol and then HCl in methanol. The first treatment converted (Flynn, D.A.; Zelle, R.E.; Grieco, P.A. J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 2824) the C-terminal Boc-amide to methyl ester while the second removed the two N-terminal Boc groups, yielding O-allyltyrosine methyl ester. This material was then coupled using DCC to (S)-α-methoxy-α- (trifluoromethyl)phenylacetic acid (Mosher's acid) to provide the corresponding amide. 1H and 13C NMR comparison of this material with corresponding amides from authentic D- and L-O-allyltyrosine methyl ester showed that very little (<5%) racemization had occurred. Under the conditions of an 1H NMR experiment, as little
as 2% of the epimerized D-tyrosine derivative could have been detected.
The benzylic bromide 5 was then used to triply alkylate sym-trimercaptobenzene (Bellavita, V. Chim. Ital. 1932, 62, 655) using Hunig's base (i-Pr2NEt) providing C3-symmetric 6 in 78% yield. The remainder of the synthesis involved a triple macrolactamization via an activated benzoic acid ester. However, the Boc-substituted amide was quite labile toward acid and base, and conversion of the methyl ester to acid was difficult in its presence. Furthermore, the problematic Boc could not be removed from the C-terminal amide without simultaneously deprotecting the tyrosyl amine. An effective solution to the problem was to remove all Boc protecting groups with TFA and then restore Boc protection of the free amines with Boc2O to obtain 7 in 86% yield over both steps.
The three methyl esters of 7 were hydrolyzed using aqueous lithium hydroxide and then the resulting acids were esterfied to pentafluorophenol using 1-(3- (dimethylamino)propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide in THF. Flash chromatography (Still, W.C; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org.
Chem., 1978, 43 , 2923) provided the activated tris(pentafluorophenyl ester) in 68% yield. After removing the remaining Boc protecting groups using trifluoroacetic acid, the crude trifluoroacetate salt in N,N-dimethylacetamide was added via syringe pump to a large volume of dry THF containing excess Hunig's base. The addition was carried out at room temperature over 36 h using a syringe pump and the final concentration of reactant was ~0.5 mM.
This triple macrolactamization was suitable for reactions of this type and provided 2A in 78% yield after silica gel chromatography.
II
A practical synthesis of the C3-symmetric receptor 2A is provided which proceeds in an overall vield of 27% and requires no high resolution chromatographic separations. Solution-phase binding experiments in CDCl3 showed that 2A bound N-Boc-N'-methylamides of amino acids with the same high enantioselectivities as found with 1A. Receptor 2A is useful in solid-phase resolution of protected amino acids. Also described herein is an example of a large synthetic receptor which has only minimal structural complexity, but has binding selectivities approaching those of biological receptors. This receptor 9 is an A4B6 cyclooligomer of trimesic acid (A) and (R,R)-diaminocyclohexane (B). It binds amino acid residues in peptide chains with very high selectivities for chirality (up to 99+% ee) and side-chain identity (up to 3+ kcal/mol). In designing 9, minimal receptor flexibility was achieved by using fragments having few opportunities for conformational isomerism and by joining them with planar amide bonds. Because one of the fragments (A) has three joining points, the neutral, nonpolymeric condensation products of A and B are bridged polycyclics. Among the ways in which A and B can be combined, structure 9 is appealing because of its well-defined binding cavity and appropriately positioned hydrogen-bonding groups . 9 was made by first preparing an amide-linked Boc-B-A-B-A-B-Boc oligomer having the two internal carboxylates activated as pentafluorophenyl esters. When this material was deprotected (TFA, anisole) and slowly added to iPr2NEt/THF, it dimerized to 9 in 39% yield. Alternatively, 9 could be prepared in a single step (13% yield) by simply mixing commercially available A acid
trichloride and B at 3 mM concentration with iPr2NEt in dry THF.
1H NMR titrations in CDCl3 showed that 9 formed 1:1 complexes with certain peptides and that W-Ac-L-Val-NHtBu was particularly well bound. To predict the structure of the most stable complex, a 5000-step MacroModel/SUMM conformational search (Goodman, J.M.; Still, W.C. J. Comput. Chem. 1991, 12, 1110) was carried out using AMBER*3 and GB/SA chloroform (Still, W.C; Tempczyk, A.; Hawley, R.C ; Hendrickson, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990 112, 6127. CHCl3 parameter set: Hollinger, F.; Still, W.C, unpublished results). The most stable structure found is a complex held together by four intermolecular hydrogen bonds forming a structure resembling a peptidic three-strand β-sheet.
A related pair of intramolecular hydrogen bonds (between B's) closes the unbound end of 9 to produce a deep cavity which fully encapsulates the side chain (R) of a bound L-peptide. With L-valine, this structure places the sidechain isopropyl near the face of the four aromatic rings (A) of 9. It is incompatible with the 1H NMR of the corresponding L-valine methylamide complex, which shows a 2.5 ppm upfield shift for the side-chain methyls and an ~1ppm downfield shift of only one of the three different types of host NH's.
The picture which emerges from association energy measurements (Table II) is also in accord with the binding mode described supra which projects L-amino acid side chains into the central cavity of the receptor.
Table II. Binding Energies (Kcal/mol) of Receptor 9 and Peptidesa
entry peptide -ΔG(L) -Δ(D) ΔΔG b(% ee)
1 N-Ac-Gly-NHMe 1.9
2 N-Ac-Ala-NHMe 3.5 2.2 1.3 (80)
3 N-Ac-Val-NHMe 5.0 2.4 2.6 (97)
4 N-Ac-Ile-NHMe 4.3 2.4 1.9 (92)
5 N-Ac-Leu-NHMe 3.4 2.4 1.0 (68)
6 N-Ac-Pglyc-NHMe 5.9 2.9 3.0 (>99)
7 N-Ac-Phe-NHMe NCd 2.0 >-2.0 (.93)
8 N-Oce-Tyr-NHMe NCd
9 N-Ac-Ser-NHMe 3.5 3.4 0.1 (8)
10 N-Ac-HSerf-NHMe 5.1 3.7 1.4 (83)
11 N-Ac-Thr-NHMe 3.5 2.9 0.6 (46)
12 N-Boc-Val-NHMe 2.8 1.7 1.1 (70)
13 N-Boc-Val-NH2 4.9 3.7 1.2 (76)
14 N-Boc-Gly-Val- 6.2 3.2 3.0 (>99)
NHMe
15 N-Boc-Gly-Val- >7.2 4.6 >2.6 (>97)
Gly-NHBn
aBy NMR titration at 25°C of 0.5 mM 9 in CDCl3
(each binding energy is the average of two to five independent measurements on different protons, and the average of two to five independent measurements on different protons, and the largest deviation from the average is <0.2 kcal/mol). bEnantioselectivity favoring L. cPGly, phenylglycine. dNC, no complex observed. eOc, octanoyl. fHSer, homoserine.
Thus peptide derivatives are bound with high selectivity for the L-configuration except when side chains are large (entries 7 and 8). Valine and phenylglycine side chains appear to fit the binding cavity quite well, but substantial reductions in binding occur when even single methylenes are added (entries 3 vs 4 and 5 and 6 vs 7 and 8). Removal of side-chain bulk from a near-optimal side chain (iPR) also diminishes binding. Thus stepwise truncation of side-chain iPR to Me to H costs 1.5 kcal/mol per step with L-amino acids. The effect is less significant with D-amino acids, which the model suggests to have side chains projecting away from the binding site and into solvent. Finally, the large binding energies in entries 14 and 15 suggest that 9 can interact associatively with as many as three residues, a feat that appears unique among synthetic receptors. Presumably, the terminal residues of such peptides are able to form additional hydrogen bonds to the outlying amides of the host (NHCO and CONH in the schematic).
Thus it is possible to assemble a large, conformationally well-defined receptor with remarkable binding properties starting from a few conformationally restricted subunits and well-known synthetic operations. There are doubtless many other such readily accessible heterooligomeric assemblies which have structural and binding properties analogous to those associated with macromolecular receptors. III
The A4B6 macrotricycle described herein is remarkable for several reasons. First, it self-assembles in a single step from two commercially available materials, benzene-1,3,5-tricarbonyl trichloride and the diamine (1R2R)-diaminocyclohexane. Though the yield of this extraordinary reaction is only 13%, the receptor is
readily isolated because it is the most chromatographically mobile of the product formed. Second, A4B6 is a highly selective receptor for neutral peptides. For example, it binds derivatives of L amino acids with enantioselectivities as high as 99% ee and can also distinguish between peptides based on the steric requirements of their sidechains. In some cases, this sidechain selectivity can be quite large and exceed 3 kcal/mol even when the peptides being compared differ only by a single methylene (e.g. phenylglycine vs phenylalanine). In the A4B6 receptor, the conformationally rigid building blocks used minimize its flexibility. The synthesis and properties of two related A4B6 cyclooligomers which are constructed from more conformationally flexible acyclic diamines (1R,2R)-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine (hereinafter B1) and (2R,3R)-2,3-diaminobutane-1,4-diol (hereinafter B2). The binding properties in this series of receptors are sensitive to the structure of the components used to assemble them, but rigid cyclic building blocks need not be used to obtain high binding selectivity.
To prepare the receptors, a simple one-step coupling was performed on the amines and the triacid chloride as described for A4B6. With B1, the A4B16 receptor was obtained in 10% yield when the coupling was carried out at a concentration corresponding to 6 nM in receptor.
Synthesis of A4B16: To an ice cold solution of (1R, 2R) -diphenylethylenediamine (66 mg, 0.31 mmol) and IPr2NEt (0.16 mL, 0.63 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and dimethylacetamide (10 mL) was added 1,3,5-benzenetricarbonyl trichloride (55 mg, 0.21 mmol) as a single portion with stirring. After 2 hours at 0°C, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and then to stand for an additional 12 hours. Volatile materials were removed at reduced pressure and the crude product
was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (3% methanol in methylene chloride). A4B16 was the most mobile compound chromatographically and was isolated as an amorphous white solid (9.8 mg, 10%); TLC (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2) Rf = 0.71; 1H NMR (CDCl3) 5 9.03 (d, 1H, J=5.2 Hz), 8.57 (d, 1H, J=9.2 Hz), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.12 (m, 15H), 6.81 (m, 1H), 5.60 (m, 2H), 5.38 (dd, 1H, J=10.7, 6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (CDCl3) 5 168.7, 165.8, 164.7, 141.8-128.5 (m), 64.7, 62.8, 60.0; IR (neat) 3345, 2933, 1652, 1538, 1321 cm-1; MS (FAB) m/z 1899 (M+1).
With B2, a more dilute 1 mM concentration was used to prepare A4B26 in 7% yield. Both products were readily isolated as the most mobile reaction product on silica gel and were identified by mass spectroscopy and by their symmetry as revealed by 13C and 1H NMR.
Binding energies were measured by titrating 0.5 mM solutions of receptor in CDCl3 with various N-acetyl amino acid methylamides and monitoring the receptor protons by 400 MHz NMR. In general, signals which showed the largest shifts upon binding were certain aromatic (H-C) and amide (H-N) protons. The binding energies found are given in Table III and all represent averages of at least two different binding measurements. Scatchard treatment of binding data indicated 1:1 complexes in all cases.
The binding results obtained with all three receptors support the general picture of the complex shown in Figure 2. In the diagram, '+' and ' - ' represent receptor hydrogen bond donors (H-N) and acceptors (O=C), respectively. These functionalities presumably not only bind the peptidic substrate by hydrogen bonds but also associate to close the other end of the receptor to create a conical binding cavity which can encapsulate the sidechain (R) of a bound L amino acid.
The binding data in Table III reveals a number of notable trends. First, all receptors bind all D amino acid substrates with roughly the same binding energy (2.0-2.5 kcal.mol). Thus the high enantioselectivities observed originate from especially favorable binding to L peptide substrates, not by destabilization of binding to D substrates. Second, both the A4B6 receptor and the A4B16 analog have similar binding selectivities despite the construction of the latter from an acyclic diamine. Indeed, A4B16 binds six of the eight substrates studied with higher enantioselectivity than does A4B6.
Both A4B6 and A4B16 show surprisingly high selectivity among L amino acids which are distinguished only by the size and shape of their unfunctionalized, hydrocarbon sidechains. Amino acids having branched sidechains bind well only when the branch occurs at the substrate β-carbon. Thus valine and isoleucine (R=i-Pr, s-Bu) bind well but leucine (R=i-Bu) does not. The receptors also distinguish substrates by sidechain length. Thus while alanine and butylglycine (R=Me, n-Bu) are rather poorly bound, ethylglycine and propylglycine (R=Et, n-Pr) are among the best substrates. All three receptors distinguish phenylglycine and phenylalanine by >3 kcal/mol. These observations are compatible with the conical-cavity model which favors substrates having more steric bulk near the enlarged, open end of the binding
cavity. Substrates with sidechains that are either too small to fill the cavity or too long to be accommodated are poorly bound. While binding selectivity based on steric effects is known (For example see : F . Diederich, K. Dick and D . Griebel , J . Am. Chem. Soc . , 108 , 2273 ( 1986) ; W. L. Mock and N. -Y . Shih, J. Am. Chem. Soc . , 110 , 4706 (1988) ; M.A. Petti, T.J. Shepodd, R. E. Barrans and D.A. Dougherty, J . Am. Chem. Soc . , 110 , 6825 ( 1988 ) ; D.J. Cram, M. E. Tanner, S. J. Kelpert and C. B. Knobler, J. Am. Chem. Soc. , 113 , 8909 ( 1991) ; K. Naemura , K. Ueno , S. Takeuchi, Y. Tobe, T. Kaneda and Y. Sakata, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 115, 8475 (1993); L. Garle, B. Lozach, J.-P. Dutasta and A. Collet, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 115, 11652 (1993)), the subtle differences in sidechain bulk which these receptors are able to distinguish energetically by 1-2 kcal/mol is unusual with synthetic receptors. The key to such high steric selectivity appears to coincide with the receptor's ability to fully encapsulate the chemical substructure being distinguished.
Like A4B6 and A4B16 which bind L-peptides based on the steric reguirements of their sidechains, receptor A4B26 also distinguishes peptide sidechains sterically but with different selectivity. In particular, A4B26 selects for L-peptides whose sidechains are small and compact; thus alanine, valine and ethylglycine are well-bound while isoleucine, leucine, phenylglycine, propylglycine and butylglycine are more weakly bound relative to the other receptors. Thus A4B26 appears to have a smaller binding cavity, a property which may follow from cavity occupancy by benzyloxymethyl substituents or from partial cavity collapse due to the flexible nature of the B2 fragment.
These findings suggest that the highly selective binding found with the A4B6 receptor may be general to cyclooligomeric molecules of this class and that binding selectivity can be altered by starting with different
amine and acid chloride fragments. It may be noted that these receptors incorporate diamine fragments in two different structural environments: the upper and lower macrocycles include four equivalent B amines while two other B's link those macrocycles together. By varying these distinct B fragments independently, even more receptor diversity can be generated.
IV
A new tetrahedrally symmetric cagelike receptor 13*(AAB6), an isomer of 7* (A4B6) where A and B's are combined in a different way, is described. The global minimum conformation of 13 by molecular mechanics calculation reveals several interesting structural features. First, it is conformationally homogeneous. Within 3 kcal/mol of the global minimum conformation, 13 exits in a single family of closely related conformations. Second, it has a well-defined cavity with hydrogen bond donor/acceptors on symmetrically positioned about the periphery. Each hydrogen bond donor/acceptors may interact with a peptide substrate bound in the central cavity.
The synthesis of 13a*, a dye-labeled derivative of 13* for a solid phase color assay with an encoded substrate library, followed a tridirectional strategy and began with acylation of B-A mono TFA salt having two methyl esters with trimesic acid trichloride as shown in Figure
4. Ester hydrolysis and EDC coupling led to the cyclization precursor. The final step was an intermolecular macrolactamization which used a hexakis
(pentafluorophenyl) ester and three dye-labeled pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salts to close the three 27-membered rings. This cyclization provided the intensely red receptor derivative 13a* in a 50 % yield. The synthesis of 13* followed that of 13a* except using diaminocyclohexanes instead of dye-labeled pyrrolidine
diamines in the final macrocyclization step (50% yield). However, 13* was highly insoluble in CHCl3 and it was not possible to study its binding properties by the 1H NMR titration method in free solution.
To survey the binding properties of the new receptor, a solid phase color assay was employed with an encoded combinatorial library of 50624 acylated tripeptide substrates. The side-chain protected substrate library was screened for binding by treatment with 50 μM solution of the red receptor 13a* in CHCl3. After 24 hr of equilibration with the library, ca. 1 % of beads had become deep red colored. The deeply stained beads were picked and decoded using gas chromatography to yield the sequences of the most tightly binding substrates. The results are summarized in Table 12.
Table 12. Sequences found in sidechain protected substrates bound by 13a* in CHCl3.
[S]assay=27.7 μM
R AA3-AA2-AA1 R AA3-AA2-AA1 1. cBu s-Q-P 32. Me G-Q-P
2. neoPen s-Q-P 33. Me2N q-s-q
3. AcOM s-Q-P 34. Me2N n-q-p
4. Me2N s-Q-P 35. Me2N n-q-p
5. Me2N s-Q-P 36. Me n-q-p
6. Mor S-Q-P 37. Me q-k-p
7. Mor S-Q-P 38. Me q-k-p
8. cPr n-Q-P 39. Me q-s-p
9. neoPen n-Q-P 40. Me q-S-S
10. Pr n-Q-P 41. Me q-G-p
11. cPr n-Q-P 42. Me q-S-G
12. MOM n-Q-P 43. Me a-A-v
13. MOM N-Q-P 44. Me q-G-S
14. Me q-Q-P 45. Me q-A-A
15. cBu q-Q-P 46. Me q-q-V
16. cPen q-Q-P 47. Me q-q-p
17. Me2N Q-Q-P 48. Me k-P-A
18. Me2N Q-Q-P 49. Me k-S-a
19. Me Q-Q-P 50. Me k-P-G
20. iBu k-Q-P 51. Me k-A-a
21. Ph k-Q-P 52. Me k-S-s
22. iBu V-Q-P 53. Me s-V-G
23. cPen V-Q-P 54. Me s-A-G
24. Mor V-Q-P 55. Me a-S-G
25. Mor V-Q-P
26. Me2N V-Q-P
27. Ph P-Q-P
28. cBu P-Q-P
29. cPen P-Q-P
30. cPr a-Q-P
31. Ph G-Q-P
The binding data in Table 12 reveal a number of notable trends. First, sequence selectivity in the AA2-AA1 position was observed. For example, in 32 of the 55 deep red beads decoded, the residues in the AA2AA1 were L-Gln-L-Pro. Second, high selectivity was observed in the terminal R and AA3 position. In 19 of the 55 deep red beads decoded, the residues in the R-AA3 were Me-D-Gln. It is interesting that a simple receptor 13a can interact with substrate in two different ways with high selectivities. To confirm the findings and to estimate the binding energies of binding for some of the sequences, several peptides were resynthesized and their association with 13a* measured in CHCl3. The results are summarized below in Table 13. Inversion of the stereochemistry of the AA3 residue and changing terminal R group from Me to bulky cycPen residue reduces the binding energy by 1.1 and 1.2 kcal/mol, respectively (peptide substrate 1, 2 and 3). Changing AA2-AA1 from (L)Ala-Gly to (L)Gln-(L)Pro increases the individual binding energy by 1.1 kcal/mol (peptide substrate 3 and 4). Inversions of the stereochemistry of (L)Gln and (L)Pro weakens binding by 1.3 and 1.5 kcal/mol, respectively and inversion of both weakens binding by 2.1 kcal/mol (peptide substrate 4, 5, 6 and 7).
Table 13. Binding of 13a* with peptides in CHCl3.
Peptide substrate Binding energy (kcal/mol) Found in assay 1. Me-D-Gln-L-Ala-Gly-polymer -5.2 yes 2. Me-L-Gln-L-Ala-Gly-polymer -4.1 no
3. cycPen-D-Gln-L-Ala-Gly-polymer -4.0 no
4. cycPen-D-Gln-L-Gln-L-Pro-polymer -5.1 yes 5. cycPen-D-Gln-D-Gln-L-Pro-polymer -3.8 no
6. cycPen-D-Gln-L-Gln-D-Pro-polymer -3.6 no
7. cycPen-D-Gln-D-Gln-D-Pro-polymer -3.0 no
To get an idea of the origin of 13a*'s (L)Gln-(L)Pro selectivity, a 5000-step conformational search was conducted on 13* bound Me-Gly-L-Gln(Tr)-L-Pro-NHTr using MacroModel/AMBER* force field. It was found that within 3 kcal/mol above global minimum conformation the complex exists in a single family of closely related conformations. In the global minimum conformation of complex, shown below diagram, the peptide substrate is held in a rigid conformation by four hydrogen bonds with properly positioned hydrogen bond donor/acceptors of the receptor and π-π interactions between the aromatic rings of 13* and the Tr protecting group of the substrate. The origin of 13a*'s Me-(D)Gln selectivity is a matter of conjecture, but it is likely that 13a* interacts with the peptide substrate in a similar way to the C3 symmetric receptor described hereinabove. This proposal is based on the similar binding properties from solid phase color assay and binding measurements.
Selective complexation was also found by related binding studies using the analogous side-chain deprotected library. In that case, 13a* showed different and lower substrate selectivity as shown in Table 14.
Table 14. Sequences found in sidechain deprotected substrates bound by 13a* in CHCl3.
[S]assay=29. 1 μM
R AA3-AA2-AA1 R AA3-AA2-AA1
1. cBu N-s-P 35. cBU P-V-Q
2. Ph s-S-P 36. iBu p-S-S
3. Ph s-S-P 37. Me2N P-S-S
4. Et N-q-P 38. cPr p-N-q
5. MOM Q-q-P 39. MOM A-S-s
6. Me s-q-P 40. Me2N A-S-s
7. cPr v-n-P 41. cBu N-k-s
8. MOM Q-n-P 42. cPen S-a-s
9. Me q-N-P 43. AcOM S-v-s
10. cBu s-n-P 44. AcOM N-v-s
11. cPr N-n-P 45. MOM S-v-s
12. Et a-n-P 46. Ph S-v-s
13. Me n-v-P 47. cPr N-v-s
14. Me2N n-S-P 48. neoPen N-S-s
15. MOM v-s-P 49. Ph N-A-s
16. cPe Q-N-p 50. MOM N-S-s
17. Et Q-N-p 51. cPr Q-S-s
18. MOM s-n-P 52. MOM s-S-S
19. Me s-a-p 53. MOM s-S-S
20. MOM N-n-p 54. cPr n-S-S
21. MOM s-n-p 55. Ph q-S-S
22. cPr s-n-p
23. Me s-s-p
24. Me s-s-p
25. MOM s-s-p
26. iBu Q-N-p
27. Ph N-N-p
28. Mor N-v-p
29. Me q-S-p
30. Me N-Q-p
31. Me s-S-p
32. cPr P-v-Q
33. Me2N P-v-Q
34. Ph P-V-Q
The most commonly found side-chain deprotected seguences differed from that of the protected library. While in all sequences decoded, at least one Pro or Ser was found, there are no clear trends. The binding mode of 13a* with peptide substrate seems to be that a peptide substrate interacts with more than two hydrogen bond donor/acceptors through the central cavity simultaneously. This proposal is based on the results of the molecular mechanics calculation. When a conformational search was conducted on 13* bound to meGly-L-Gln(Tr)-L-Pro-NHTr, changing the Tr groups of the Gin side-chain and carboxyl amide to Ac or tBu allow the peptide substrate to pass through the central cavity of the receptor and interact with the other side of the receptor by hydrogen bonds. Whatever the binding mode of 13a* is with the peptide substrate, it is likely that receptor 13a* has a large enough cavity to accommodate peptide substrates in different ways. Previously, the present inventors showed a remarkable effect of solvent size on the stability of a molecular complex. The binding energy between a C2 symmetric receptor and imidazole can be increased up to 3.3 kcal/mol by changing the solvent from CHCl3 (3.7 kcal/mol) to CHCl2CHCl2 (7.0 kcal/mol).36 It was proposed that receptors with preorganized three-dimensional binding cavities should exhibit increases in binding energies in media composed of increasingly bulky solvent molecules. Molecular mechanics calculations and CPK modeling studies show that receptor 13a* has a big cavity enough to accommodate a CHCl3 solvent molecule, but too small to accommodate a CHCl2CHCl2. It is postulated that changing the solid phase assay solvent from CHCl3 to CHCl2CHCl2 would increase binding energies and lead to different selectivities. To verify this postulate, a solid phase color assay of 13a* was employed with th. side-chain
protected substrate library in CHCl2CHCl2. The results are summarized in Table 15.
In the larger solvent, 13a* showed different and higher selectivity. The most commonly found sequences differed from Me-D-Gln-AA2-AA1 and R-D-AA3-L-Gln-L-Pro in CHCl3 and had Me2N-AA3-D-Ala-Gly. There are large differences in molecular dielectric constants as well as surface areas between CHCl3 (e=4.81) and CHCl2CHCl2 (e=8.20). To get some idea of the origin of the observed differences, the same solid phase color assay was employed in CH2Cl2 e=9.08) which has surface area similar to that of CHCl3 and molecular dielectric constant similar to that of CHCl2CHCl2, and in CHCl2CH2Cl (e=8.78) which has surface area and molecular dielectric constant similar to those of CHCl2CHCl2. The results are summarized in Table 16 and Table 17.
Table 15. Sequences found in side-chain protected substrates bound by 13a* in CHCl2CHCl2.
[S]assay=40 .3 μM
R AA3AA2AA1 R AA3-AA2 -AA1
1. Me2N N-a-G 34. Me2N A-a-G 2. Me2N N-a-G 35. Me2N A-a-S 3. Me2N N-a-G 36. Me2N A-a-K 4. Me2N N-a-P 37. Me2N A-q-Q 5. Me2N N-a-P 38. Me2N a-a-G 6, Me2N N-a-K 39. Me2N a-a-G 7. Me2N N-a-K 40. Me2N V-a-G 8. Me2N N-n-G 41. Me2N V-N-P 9. Me2N N-n-K 42. Me2N v-a-S
10. Me2N N-q-K 43. Me q-a-G 11. Me2N n-a-P 44. Ph A-S-G 12. Me2N n-q-G 45. Mor G-Q-G 13. Me2N Q-a-G
14. Me2N Q-a-G
15. Me2N Q-a-G
16. Me2N Q-a-P
17. Me2N Q-n-G
18. Me2N Q-q-Q
19. Me2N Q-N-q
20. Me2N q-a-T
21. Me2N q-a-s
22. Me2N q-a-V
23. Me2N q-v-S
24. Me2N q-n-k
25. Me2N q-N-G
26. Me2N q-G-S
27. Me2N K-a-P
28. Me2N k-a-G
29. Me2N k-a-G
30. Me2N k-s-s
31. Me2N S-a-G
32. Me2N S-k-G
33. Me2N s-n-Q
Table 16. Sequences found in side-chain protected substrates bound by 13a* in CH2Cl2.
[S]assay=27.5 μM
R AA3-AA2-AA1 R AA3-AA2-AA1
1. Me2N q-Q-P 34. Me a-n-S
2. Me v-Q-P 35. Me G-P-A
3. tBu n-Q-P 36. Me G-Q-P
4. Ph Q-Q-P 37. Me G-G-A
5. Mor P-Q-P 38. Me Q-n-s
6. cPr s-Q-P 39. Me Q-n-s
7. neoPen A-Q-P 40. Me A-G-P
8. Me G-K-P 41. Me n-G-G
9. Me2N s-K-P 42. Me k-p-p
10. iBu p-K-P 43. Et q-V-G
11. cBu G-K-P 44. MOM q-v-A
12. iPr A-K-P 45. MOM q-v-p
13. Me q-n-G 46. Me2N n-Q-p
14. Me q-n-G
15. Me q-n-s
16. Me q-S-N
17. Me q-A-P
18. Me q-Q-S
19. Me q-q-G
20. Me q-q-S
21. Me q-A-q
22. Me q-q-a
23. Me q-V-G
24. Me q-G-S
25. Me q-G-P
26. Me q-s-S
27. Me q-N-S
28. Me q-S-A
29. Me q-S-S
30. Me q-q-p
31. Me s-s-A
32. Me S-Q-S
33. Me v-p-G
Table 17. Sequences found in side-chain protected substrates bound by 13a* in CHCl2CH2Cl.
[S]assay=39.2 μM
1. Me2N N-a-G 35. Me2N A-a-K
2. Me2N N-a-G 36. Me2N a-a-Q
3. Me2N N-a-P 37. Me2N a-a-G
4. Me2N N-a-P 38. Me2N a-a-G
5. Me2N N-a-K 39. Me2N a-a-G
6. Me2N N-a-K 40. Me2N V-n-P
7. Me2N N-a-K 41. Me2N v-a-S
8. Me2N N-n-G 42. Me2N v-a-G
9. Me2N N-n-K 43 . Me2N v-S-G 10. Me2N n-a-P
12. Me2N n-q-G
13. Me2N Q-a-G
14. Me2N Q-a-G
15. Me2N Q-a-P
16. Me2N Q-a-P
17. Me2N Q-n-G
18. Me2N Q-q-Q
19. Me2N q-a-q
20. Me2N q-a-G
21. Me2N q-a-s
22. Me2N q-a-V
23. Me2N q-n-k
24. Me2N q-N-G
25. Me2N q-G-S
26. Me2N k-a-P
27. Me2N k-a-G
28. Me2N k-a-G
29. Me2N k-s-s
30. Me2N S-a-G
31. Me2N s-k-G
32. Me2N s-n-Q
33. Me2N A-a-G
34. Me2N A-a-S
While in CHCl2CH2Cl 13a* showed binding selectivities similar to that found in CHCl2CHCl2 with peptide substrates, in CH2Cl2 13a* showed binding selectivities similar to that found in CHCl3 with peptide substrates. This suggests that the size of solvent molecules play an important role in the observed differences in binding selectivities of 13a* with peptide substrates.
This observation was the starting point to examine the binding properties of 13a* in a wide range of organic solvents. Ten organic solvents were chosen and checked 13a*'s binding properties with the peptide substrate library. In some solvents such as chlorobenzene, t-butyl methyl ether and water, the solid phase color assay was not possible due to insolubility of 13a*, receptor 13a* showed selective binding properties with peptide substrates in a number of organic solvents as summarized in Table 18. Table 18. Binding property of 13a* with side-chain protected substrate in different solvents
Solvent Selective staining
Acetone yes
THF yes
Ethyl Acetate yes
Dimethoxyethane yes
MeOH yes (with PEG resin)
DMF no staining
water/MeOH=1/1 no
Although the exact nature of the sequences bound by 13a* in different solvents was not determined, it is interesting that 13a* shows some selective binding property with peptide substrates in a number of organic solvent including MeOH.
V
To discriminate between a vast array of different molecules, biological receptors use well-defined binding sites, with different sizes and arrays of functional groups, which are constructed by various combinations of structurally related building blocks such as α-amino acids. The synthesis and binding properties of new C3 symmetric receptors derived from A and B (Fig. 8(a)) are described herein.
Among the ways in which A and B can be combined, structure 11* (Fig. 5) is appealing because of its welldefined binding cavity and appropriately positioned hydrogen bonding groups. The central benzene ring presumably reduces conformational flexibility and provides a hydrophobic region for nonbonded interactions with peptides, and is likely crucial for the high observed binding energies and selectivities.
The synthesis of 11a*, a dye-labeled derivative of 11* for a solid phase color assay with a combinatorial substrate library, exploited its C3 symmetry35 and began with acylation of 1,3,5-tri-aminomethylbenzene with trimesic acid dimethyl mono (pentafluorophenyl) ester as shown in Figure 6(a). Ester hydrolysis and EDC coupling with pentafluorophenol led to the cyclization precursor. The final step was an intermolecular macrolactamization
which used a hexakis-(pentafluorophenyl) ester and three dye-labeled pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salts to close the three 21-membered rings. This cyclization provided the intensely red receptor derivative 11a* in 32% yield. The synthesis of 11* followed that of 11a* except using diaminocyclohexanes instead of dye-labeled pyrrolidine diamines in the final macrocyclization step (31% yield). However, 11* was highly insoluble in CHCl3 and it was not possible to study its binding properties in free solution. Receptor 12* (Fig. 5) was synthesized by first preparing macrolactam of B-A-B-A-B diTFA salts having two internal methyl carboxyl ester with trimesic acid methyl di (pentafluorophenyl) ester (slow addition to excess iPr2NEt solution in THF) as shown in Figure 6(b). Ester hydrolysis and EDC coupling with the dye-labeled amines provided 12* with intensely red color in 50% yield (two steps).
To survey the binding properties of the new receptors, a solid phase color assay was employed with an encoded combinatorial library of 50,625 acylated tripeptide substrates as described hereinabove.
The protected substrate library was screened for binding by treatment with 50 μM solution of the red receptor 11a* in CHCl3. After 24 hr of equilibration with the library, ca. 10% of the beads had become colored with ca. 1% being very deep red. The most deeply stained beads were
selected and decoded using gas chromatography to yield the sequences of the most tightly binding substrates. The residues found at each position of these substrates are summarized in Table 7 along with the number of instances each residue is found. In the same assay receptor 12* does not stain any beads in the protected substrate library.
Table 7. Residues found in sidechain protected substrates bound by 11a* and Frequencies of occurrence of each residue (in brackets)
R AA3 AA2 AA1
MeOCH2[31] D-Gln[31] Gly[15] L-Pro[11],D-Pro[9]
Me2N[13] D-Asn[7] D-Asn[8],L-Asn[2] Gly[7]
Et[4] D-Lys[5] D-Gln[5],L-Glnf3] D-Ala[10],L-Alaf2]
Me [2] L-Asn[4] D-Lys[3],L-Lys[2] D-Gln[3] ,L-Gln[2]
D-Ala[2] D-Ala[4],L-Ala[1] L-Asn[2]
Gly[1] D-Val[2],L-Val [ 3] D-Val[2]
D-Ser(1),L-Ser(1) L-Ser[2]
The binding data in Table 7 show that extraordinary selectivity was observed for the terminal acylating groups. For example, in 44 of the 50 deep red beads decoded, the terminal R was composed of three non-hydrogen atoms (31 for MeOCH2 and 13 Me2N) . High selectivity was observed for the AA3 position. In 43 of the 50 deep red beads decoded, the residue in AA3 was composed of D-amino acids with an amide group in the side chain (31 for Gln, 7 for Asn and 5 for Lys). The data indicate that receptor 11a* discriminates between substrates most effectively when structural differences occur near the free end of the substrate chain. Thus the number of accepted residues is minimal in the case of the terminal acylating group (R) and increases with distance from the terminus. Such high selectivity for the N-terminal group and the AA3 residue is similar to a known peptide receptor and suggest that the binding mode of 11a* is similar to that of the C3 symmetric receptors disclosed herein.7b It appears that the hydrogen bond donor/acceptors on the rim of 11a* bind the substrate by hydrogen bonds, and there are nonbonded interactions between the benzene-lined hydrophobic region of the receptor and the N-terminal group of the peptide substrate. Receptor 12* does not bind any peptide substrates. This suggests that the conformational homogeneity of 11a* is crucial for binding with peptide substrates.
A variety of peptides were synthesized and binding constants for association with 11a* measured in CHCl3 using the solid phase binding methods as described supra. The results of these binding measurements are summarized below in Table 8. These measurements show that stereochemical inversion at Gin reduces binding energy by 1.3 kcal/mol. Changing the N-terminal group from Me2N to iPr and cycPr reduce binding energy by 1.7 and 1.2 kcal/mol, respectively.
Table 8. Binding of 11a* with peptides in CHCl3
Peptide Substrate Binding Energy (kcal/mol) Found in Assay
MeOCH2- (D)Gln-Gly- (L)Pro-Polymer -4.3 yes Me2N-(D)Gln-Gly-(L)Pro-Polymer -4.2 yes iPr-(D)Gln-Gly-(L)Pro-Polymer -2.5 no cycPr- (D)Gln-Gly- (L)Pro-Polymer -3.0 no MeOCH2-(L)Gln-Gly-(L)Pro-Polymer -3.0 no
While receptor 12* does not show any binding, highly selective complexation of 11a* was also found by a related binding assay using the side-chain deprotected
substrate library. In that case, 11a* showed different and even higher substrate selectivity as shown in Table 9.
Table 9. Residues found in sidechain deprotected substrates bound by 11a* and Frequencies of occurrence of each residue (in brackets)
R AA3 AA2 AA1
MeOCH2[12] D-Gln[23] L-Gln[18],D-Gln[3] L-Pro[23]
Me2N[10] D-Val[7] D-Lys[8],L-Lys[3] D-Pro[21]
Ph[6] D-Lys[4] D-Asn[2] D-Gln[1]
Mor[6] D-Pro[3] Gly[4]
Et[4],cPr[3] D-Ala[2] D-Ser[1],L Ser[1]
AcOM[3],Me[1] D-Ser[2], L-Ser[1] D-Ala[2] ,L-Ala[2]
cPen[1],tBu[1] D-Asn(2], L-Asn[1] L-Pro[1]
The most commonly found side-chain deprotected sequences differed from the MeOCH2-(D)Gln-AA2-AA1 found with the protected library and had R-(D)Gln-(D)AA2-(L) Pro (40%) and R-(D)AA3-(L)Gln-(D)Pro (40%). Although the exact binding mode is unknown, it is likely that the sidechain of Gln interacts with binding cavity of 11a* and Pro at AA, restricts conformational flexibility of peptide substrate to be preorganized for binding with the receptor. This suggests that 11a* recognizes the total structural features of the polypeptide substrates, not just partial structure. It is interesting that the stereochemistry and the site selectivity of Gln in the polypeptide substrates bound to 11a* depend on the stereochemistry of Pro at AA1, as shown in Table 11 (L-proline at AA1 appeared with D-glutamine at AA3 and D-proline at AA1 appeared with L-glutamine at AA2).
11a* is a readily accessible heterooligomeric assembly from trimesic acid (A) and diamine (B) linked through a tris(aminomethyl)benzene. The results described here not
only show that 11a* is a highly selective receptor for peptide substrates but also demonstrate the power of directed screening of large chemical libraries as a method to find novel molecules having sought-after properties. The remarkable differences in peptide substrate binding properties between lla* and 12* suggest that conformational homogeneity may be a key to the designing the highly selective receptors .
Table 10. Sequences found insidechain protected substrates bound by 11a*. [S]assay=30.6 μM
1.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Ser(OtBu)
2.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Val Gly
3.MOM (D) Gln (Tr) (L)Val Gly
4.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Lys(Boc) (D)Gln(Tr)
5.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) (L)Gln(Tr)
6.MOM (D) Gln(Ir) (L)Asn(Tr) Gly
7.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Asn(Tr) Gly
8.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Ala (D)Gln(Tr)
9.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Ala 10.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) Gly 11.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) (L)Pro 12.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Ala 13.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Pro 14.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Ala (D)Ala 15.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Ala (D)Ala 16.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Ser(tBu) (L)Asn(Tr) 17.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Ala 18.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Asn(Tr) 19.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) Gly 20.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Pro 21.MOM (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) Gly 22.MOM (D) Lys(Boc) (L)Val (D)Gln(Tr) 23.MOM (D) Lys(Boc) (D)Gln(Tr) (L)Ala 24.MOM (D) Asn(Tr) Gly (L)Pro 25.MOM (D A)sn(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) (D)Pro 26.MOM (D) Asn(Tr) (D)Val (D)Pro 27.MOM (D) Asn(Tr) (D)Lys(Boc) (L)Ser(tBu)
28.MOM (D) Asn(Tr) (D)Lys(Boc) (D)Pro
29.MOM (D) Asn(Tr) (D)Val (D)Pro 30.MOM (L) Asn(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) (D)Pro 31.MOM (L) Asn(Tr) (D)Ser(tBu) (D)Pro 32.Me2N (D) Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Ala 33.Me2N (D) Gln(Tr) (L)Gln(Tr) (L)Pro 34.Me2N (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Ala (D)Val 35.Me2N (D)Gln(Tr) (D)Asn(Tr) (D)Ala 36.Me2N (D)Gln(Tr) (D)Ala (D)Ala 37.Me2N (D) Gln(Tr) (D)Lys(Boc) (D)Val
38. Me2N (D)Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Ala 39. Me2N (D)Lys(Boc) Gly (L)Pro 40. Me2N (D)Lys(Boc) (D )Gln(Tr) (D)Ala 41. Me2N (D)Lys(Boc) (L )Lys(Boc ) (L)Gln(Tr) 42. Me2N (D)Asn(Tr ) (L )Gln(Tr) (L)Pro 43. Me2N (D)Ala Gl y (L)Pro 44. Me2N (D)Ala (L )Gln(Tr) (L)Pro45.Et (D)Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Pro46.Et (D)Gln(Tr) Gly (L)Pro47.Et (D)Gln(Tr) Gly (D)Ala48.Et (L)Asn(Tr) (D)Gln(Tr) (D)Pro49.Me (L)Asn(Tr) (D)Gln(Tr) (D)Pro48.Me Gly (D)Gln(Tr) (D)Pro
Table 11. Sequences found in sidechain deprotected substrates bound by 11a*.
[S]assay*25.3 μM
1.Me2N D-Gln Gly L-Pro
2.Me2N D-Gln Gly L-Pro 3.Me2N D-Gln Gly L-Pro
4. MOM D-Lys Gly L-Pro
5.Me2N D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
6.Ph D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
7.Ph D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro 8. Et D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
9.Et D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
10. cPr D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
11. Mor D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro
12. cPen D-Gln D-Lys L-Pro 13 . MOM D-Gln L-Lys L-Pro
14 .AOM D-Gln D-Gln L-Pro
15. Me D-Gln D-Gln L-Pro
16. MOM D-Gln L-Ala L-Pro
17. Ph D-Gln D-Ala L-Pro 18. Mor D-Gln D-Ala L-Pro
19. MOM D-Gln D-Ser L-Pro
20. MOM D-Lys L-Lys L-Pro
21 . MOM D-Lys L-Ala L-Pro
22. MOM L-Asn D-Gln L-Pro 23. MOM D-Asn L-Ser L-Pro
24 .Me2N D-Val L-Gln D-Pro
25.Me2N D-Val L-Gln D-Pro
26.Me2N D-Val L-Gln D-Pro
27. Mor D-Val L-Gln D-Pro 28. Mor D-Val L-Gln D-Pro
29. Et D-Val L-Gln D-Pro
30. Ph D-Pro L-Gln D-Pro
32. tBu D-Pro L-Gln D-Pro
33.Me2N D-Ala L-Gln D-Pro 34 . Ph D-Ala L-Gln D-Pro
35. MOM D-Gln L-Gln D-Pro
36. Ph D-Gln L-Gln D-Pro
37.Mor D-Gln L-Gln D-Pro 38.cPr D-Ser L-Gln D-Pro 39.Me2N D-Ser L-Gln D-Pro 40.Mor D-Lys L-Gln D-Pro 41.MOM D-Asn L-Gln D-Pro 42.MOM L-Ser D-Asn D-Pro 43.cPr D-Gln D-Asn D-Pro 44.Me2N D-Val L-Lys D-Pro 45.MOM D-Gln L-Pro D-Gln
Hexamethyl ester (11-1*)
To a solution of 0.42 g of trimesic acid dimethylmono(pentafluorophenyl)ester (1.04 mmol) and 86 mg of triaminomethyl benzene triHCl salt (0.312 mmol; F.L. Seitl, K.N. Raymond, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 1979, 101, 2728) in 10 ml of DMA was added 0.36 ml of DIPEA. After stirring overnight at r.t., all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 5% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous white solid (0.20 g, 77.7%).
Rf=0.55 (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 3.90 (s, 3H) 4.38 (m, 2H) 7.10 (s, 1H) 7.30 (m, 1H) 8.61 (s, 2H) 8.70 (s, 1H)
13C NMR (CDCl3) δ 165.74, 165.36, 139.11, 134.99, 132.84,
132.18, 130.77, 126.35, 52.44, 43.71
IR (neat) 3324, 2815, 1730, 1674, 1573 cm-1 C3 symmetric macrocyclic receptor (11*)
A solution of 63 mg of hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester (0.0362 mmol) and 13 mg of diaminocyclohexane diTFA salt (B, 0.109 mmol) in 10 ml of DMA was added to a solution of 0.19 ml of DIPEA (1.09 mmol) in 200 ml of THF at r.t. for 20 hr by syringe pump. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on
silica gel using 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous white solid (12 mg, 31.0%) .
Rf=0.45 (5% MeOH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (1/1=CD30D/CDC13) δ 1.50 (m, 2H) 2.02 (m, 1H) 2.28
(m, 1H) 3.72 (m, 1H) 4.12 (m, 1H) 4.28 (m, 1H) 5.02 (m, 1H) 7.46 (s, 1H) 8.22 (s, 1H) 8.72 (s, 1H)
13C NMR (1/1 = CD3OD/CDCl3) δ 170.24, 169.91, 139.05, 134.83, 131.27, 130.75, 130.66, 130.19, 125.92, 56.21, 38.21, 35.44, 35.24, 29.08, 29.49
IR (neat) 3324, 2826, 1674, 1573 cm-1
MS (FAB) m/z 976 (M+1)
Dye-labelled macrocyclic receptor (11a*)
A solution of 44 mg of hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester (0.0253 mmol) and 63 mg of N-succinyl dye - 3R,4R -pyrrolidine diamine diTFA salt (8-2, 0.0835 mmol) in 10 ml of DMA was added to a solution of 0.19 ml of DIPEA (1.09 mmol) in 200 ml of THF at r.t. for 20 hr by syringe pump. After stirring for additional 8 hr, all volatiles were removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give an amorphous red solid (15 mg, 26.0%).
Rf=0.45 (10% MeoH in CH2Cl2)
1H NMR (1/1 = CD3OD/CDCl3) δ 0.70 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz) 2.45 (m, 4H) 3.01 (q, 2H, J=7.0 Hz) 3.36 (s, br, 2H) 3.50 (s, br, 2H) 3.74 (m, 1H) 3.92 (m, 1H) 4.12 (m, 4H) 4.58 (m, 1H) 4.68 (m, 1H) 6.64 (d, 2H, J=9.1 Hz) 7.72 (m, 5H) 7.98 (m, 1H) 8.10 (d, 2H, J-9.0 Hz) 8.23 (m, 1H)
13C NMR (1/1=CD3OD/CDCl3) δ 172.82, 170.20, 169.72, 169.61, 167.70, 138.51, 136.06, 133.53, 131.27, 130.54, 130.46, 129.54, 126.72, 125.92, 125.22, 124.37, 124.24, 122.31, 118.85, 112.22, 61.34, 55.74, 50.54, 45.70, 44.42, 38.28, 28.76, 28.27, 27.52, 27.22, 11.94
IR (neat) 3324, 2815, 1720, 1675, 1573 cm-1
MS (FAB) m/Z 2127 (M+1)
43. M. Bodanszky, A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis ; Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984.
44. J.-I. Hong, Ph.D. Thesis, Columbia University, 1990.
45. J.M. Stewart, J.D. Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis ; Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, 1984.
50. A. Ricci, R. Danieli, S. Rossini, J. Chem. Soc Perkin I, 1976, 1691; W. Offermann, F. Vogtle, Synthesis , 1977, 272.
While laa (H.-J. Schneider, Angew. Chem. Int . Ed. , 32 848 (1993); T.H. Webb and C.S. Wilcox, Chem. Soc. Rev. , 383 (1993)) is available by an optimized synthesis (J.-I. Hong, S.K. Namgoong, A. Barnardi and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 5111 (1991); S.D. Erickson, J.A. Simon and W.C. Still, J. Org. Chem. , 58, 1305 (1993); R. Liu and W.C. Still, Tetrahedron Lett. , 34, 2573 (1993); A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 116, 373 (1994)), related receptors were sought which can be prepared by simpler methods and thus might find practical application to problems in separation science. In this regard, receptor 2aa and its relatives are attractive candidates. laa and 2aa are closely related in that their cup-shaped binding cavities have both similar dimensions and analogous patterns of unassociated hydrogen bond donors and acceptors on their peripheries. Described herein is a simple synthesis of 2aa and its binding properties as revealed using an encoded combinatorial library of ~50,000 acylated tripeptide substrates. 2aa is a selective receptor for peptides. The synthesis of 2aa is summarized below and involves coupling three equivalents of pentafluorophenyl dimethyl trimesate to 1,3,5-tri(aminomethyl)benzene to provide 3aa (78% yield). Saponification of all six esters (NaOH, H2O, MeOH) and activation as the hexakis (pentafluorophenyl) ester (C6F5OH, EDC) then gave 3bb (30% yield). This material underwent triple coupling with the dye (Disperse Red 1) -acylated, (R,R)-diaminopyrrolidine ((R,R)-Diaminopyrrolidine preparation: D.R. Reddy and E.R. Thornton, J. Chem. Soc Chem. Common . , 172 (1992); S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, Tetrahedron , 0000 (1994)) shown to simultaneously close three 21-membered rings and provide the brilliant red-colored receptor 2aa in 26% yield. A
variety of related receptors can be prepared with other 1,2-diamines. For example, commercially available (1R,2R)-1,2-diaminocyclohexane was used with 3bb to prepare an analogous receptor (31% yield for the final tricyclization step) having the pyrrolidine rings replaced by simple cyclohexanes.
Synthesis of Receptor 2aa.
To establish the binding properties of receptor 2aa, the method of treating a dye-labeled receptor with a large collection or library of potential substrates was used. (A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 116, 373 (1994)) The substrate library was synthesized on 50-80 μ Merrifield polystyrene beads in such a way that each bead carried a single library member. The binding experiment simply involved mixing red 2aa with the bead-supported library and selecting the beads which turned red. Thus binding of 2aa to the entire library (here ~50,000 acylated tripeptides) could be surveyed in a single experiment.
The polymer-supported substrate library used has been described (A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 116, 373 (1994)) and has the general structure:
RCO-AA3-AA2-AA1-NH(CH2)5CONHCH2-polystyrene where AAn represents any one of the following fifteen side-chain-protected [(N-trityl)Asn, (N-trityl)Gln, (N-Boc)Lys, (O-tBu)Ser] amino acids:
Gly, D-Ala, L-Ala, D-Ser, L-Ser, D-Val, L-Val, D-Pro, L-Pro, D-Asn, D-Gln, L-Gln, D-Lys, L-Lys and where R represents any one of the following fifteen groups: methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), i-propyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), i-butyl (iBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoro-methyl (TFM), methoxymethyl (MOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), acetoxymethyl (AcOM), phenyl (Ph), dimethylamino (Me2N), morpholino (Mor)
The library was prepared using split synthesis . (A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Abstr. 14th
Jnt. Congr. Biochem. , Prague, Czechoslovakia, 5, 47 (1988); A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Abstr. 10th Int. Symp. Med. Chem. , Budapest, Hungary, 288 (1988); A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. , 37, 487 (1991); K.S. Lam, S.E. Salmon, E.M. Hersh, V.J. Hruby, W.M. Kazmierski and R.J. Knapp, Nature , 354, 82 (1991)) Thus the total possible number of different substrates in the library was 154 (50,625). To allow for determination of the structure of the substrate on a bead that bound 2aa, the binary encoding method was used which employs electron capture gas chromatography (ECGC) to analyze tag-encoded structural information. (M.H.J. Ohlmeyer, R.N. Swanson, L.W. Dillard, J.C. Reader, G. Asouline, R. Kobayashi, M. Wigler and W.C. Still, Proc Natl . Acad. Sex . USA, 90, 10922 (1993)).
The binding assay was carried out by equilibrating a 10 mg sample (~105 beads) of the above peptide library with ~0.3 mL of 50 μM 2aa in CHCl3. After 24 hrs of agitation, ~1% of the beads had developed deep red-orange coloration. These beads carried peptides that bound red 2aa most tightly. (Previous studies have shown the color assay readily distinguishes substrates differing in binding energy by as little as 1.0 kcal/mol. Control
experiments established that bead coloration reflects binding of the peptide, not the dye: neither the dye nor the succinylated dye stained nay of the library beads under the assay conditions.) By measuring [2aa] in solution over the beads at equilibrium, we established that the assay was selecting beads having minimum association constants (Ka-min) of ~3000. Fifty of these most deeply colored beads were picked under a 4X microscope and their tag-encoded structural information was decoded by ECGC. The residue types found in the peptides on these beads are listed in Table 1a.
Table 1a. Residues in acylated, protected peptide substrates selectively bound by 2aa (number of occurrences from 50 decoded beads found given in parentheses).
R AA3 AA2 AA1
MOM (31) D-(N-Trityl)Gln (31) Gly (15) L-Pro (11)
Me2N (13) D-(N-Trityl) Asn (7) D-(N-Trityl)Asn (8) D-Ala (10)
Et (4) D-(N-Boc)Lys (5) D-(N-Trityl)Gln (5) D-Pro (9)
Me (2) L-(N-Trityl)Asn (4) D-Ala (4) Gly (7)
D-Ala (2) L-(N-Trityl)Gln (3) D-(N-Trityl)Gln (3)
Gly (1) D-(N-Boc)Lys (3) L-(N-Trityl)Gln (3)
L-Val (3) L-Ala (2)
L-(N-Boc)Lys (2) L-(N-Trityl)Asn (2)
L-(N-Trityl)Asn (2) D-Val (2)
D-Val (2) L-(O-tBu)Ser (2)
L-Ala (1)
L-(O-tBu)Ser (1) D-(O-tBu)Ser (1) In several ways, the binding selectivities of 2aa are similar to those reported for laa. Thus, both receptors show the highest selectivity for residues (R,AA3) at the terminus of the peptide chain. They also selectively bind certain R groups having three nonhydrogen atoms and AA3 = (N-trityl)Gln. On the other hand, laa binds AA3=L-(N-Trityl)Gln whereas 2aa binds D-(N-trityl)Gln. This difference in enantioselection is rationalized by the enantiomeric patterns of substrate-binding hydrogen bonding groups (+=donor, -=acceptor) found at the periphery of the binding cavity.
Other selectivity differences for laa and 2aa are found at AA2 (1aa prefers L-Pro, 2aa prefers Gly) and AA1 (laa has virtually no selectivity, 2aa prefers D-Pro, L-Pro or D-Ala) residues. The high preference of laa for R=cyclopropyl is absent with 2aa. Neither laa nor 2aa bind peptides having R=isopropyl. These and other selectivities were verified by independent binding energy measurements with 2aa that showed, inter alia, that changing R=MOM to cyclopropyl or AA3=D-(N-trityl)Gln to L-(n-trityl)Gln diminished binding by laa.3 kcal/mol each
relative to the preferred substrate MOM-CO-D-(N-trityl)Gln-Gly-L-Pro (ΔGbinding=-4.3 kcal/mol).
An analogous survey of 2aa with a substrate library having deprotected peptide side-chains is shown in Table 2a. Measurement of [2aa]equil indicated that the color assay in that case allowed selection of substrates having Ka-min~5000.
Table 2a. Residues in acylated, deprotected peptide substrates selectively bound by 2aa (number of occurrences from 45 decoded beads given in parentheses).
MOM (12) D-Gln (23 ) L-Gln (18)L-Pro (23 ) Me2N (10) D-Val ( 7 ) D-Lys (8)D-Pro (21 ) Ph (6) D-Lys (4 ) L-Lys ( 3 )D-Gln (1 ) Mor (6) D-Pro (3 ) Gly (4 )
Et (4) D-Ala (2) D-Gln ( 3 ) cPr (3) D-Ser (2) D-Asn (2)
Me (1) D-Asn (2) D-Ala (2) cPen (1) L-Asn (1 ) L-Ala (2) tBu (1) L-Ser ( 1 ) L-Pro (1 )
AcOM (1) D-Ser ( 1 )
L-Ser ( 1 )
Whereas previous studies found laa to have similar selectivities for protected and deprotected peptide substrates, receptor 2aa bound a different set of peptides with the deprotected library. It was most discriminating at the internal AA1 site where Pro was strongly preferred. In particular, 2aa preferentially bound the two partial sequences XCO-(D)Gln- (D)X-(L) Pro (40% of beads) and XCO-X-(L)Gln-(D)Pro (40% of beads) [X indicates no significant with both the configuration and position of the downstream Gln is particularly interesting. This novel Gln... Pro selectivity may reflect hydrogen boning between the Gin sidechain and amides in the bottom of 2aa's binding cavity - a possibility not available to laa. The ability of 2aa to selectively bind peptide spans having as many as three residues is remarkable for such a small host molecule.
These studies and others suggest that a variety of receptors similar in structure to laa or 2aa have significantly sequence-selective peptide binding properties and that the particular selectivity of such a receptor can be controlled by varying the details of its structure. While the full range of variations that can be tolerated without losing binding has yet to be established, the full macrotricyclic framework of 2aa is
necessary for peptide binding - deletion of the central aromatic linker obliterates tight peptide binding as detected by solid phase color assay. Given the simplicity of 2aa's synthesis, its highly selective peptide-binding properties, and the availability of many building blocks with which to construct analogs, it is likely that a variety of C3-symmetric receptors having a range of peptide sequence selectivities can be prepared along the lines described herein.
VII
When designing the A4B6 receptor (Fig. 8(a)), the conformationally rigid building blocks A and B were chosen to minimize its flexibility. The present inventors also describe herein the synthesis and properties of two related A4B6 cyclooligomers which are constructed from more conformationally flexible acyclic diamines B1 and B2. Binding properties in this series of receptors are sensitive to structure of the components used to assemble them, but rigid cyclic building blocks need not be used to obtain high binding selectivity. To prepare these receptors, the simple one-step coupling of the amines was carried out with the triacid chloride A as described for A4B6. (S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 823 (1993)). With B1, the A4B16 receptor was obtained in 10% yield when the coupling was carried out at a concentration corresponding to 6 mM in receptor. (EXAMPLE 23) With B2, it was necessary to use a more dilute 1 mM concentration to prepare A4B26 in 7% yield. Both products were readily isolated as the most mobile reaction product on silica gel and were identified by mass spectroscopy and by their symmetry as revealed by 13C and 1H NMR.
Binding energies were measured by titrating 0.5 mM solutions of receptor in CDCl3 with various N-acetyl amino acid methylamides and monitoring the receptor protons by 400 MHz (H-C) and amide (H-N) protons. The binding energies found are given in Table IA and all represent averages of at least two different binding measurements. Scatchard treatment of binding data indicated 1:1 complexes in all cases.
The binding results obtained with all three receptors support the general picture of the complex suggested by Yoon and Still. The binding data in Table IA reveal a number of trends. First, all receptors bind all D amino acid substrates with roughly the same binding energy (2.0-2.5 kcal/mol). Thus the high enantioselectivities observed likely originate from especially favorable binding to L peptide substrates, not by destabilization of binding to D substrates. Second, both the original A4B6 receptor and the A4B16 binds six of the eight substrates studied with higher enantioselectivity than does A4B6. Both A4B6 and A4B16 show surprisingly high selectivity among L amino acids which are distinguished only by the size and shape of their unfunctionalized, hydrocarbon sidechains. Amino acids having branched sidechains bind well only when the branch occurs at the substrate β-carbon. Thus valine and isoleucine (R=i-Pr, s-Bu) bind well but leucine (R=Et, n-Pr) are among the best substrates. All three receptors distinguish phenylglycine and phenylalanine by >3 kcal/mol. These observations are compatible with a conical-cavity model which favors substrates having more steric bulk near the enlarged, open end of the binding cavity. Substrates with side-chains that are either too small to fill the cavity or too long to be accommodated are poorly bound. While binding selectivity based on steric effects is known (for example, see F. Diederich, K. Dick and D. Griebel, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 108, 2273 (1986); W.L. Mock and N.-Y. Shih, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 110, 4706 (1988); M.A. Petti, T.J. Shepodd, R.e. Barrans and D.A. Dougherty, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 110, 6825 (1988); D.J. Cram, M.E. Tanner, S.J. Keipert and C.B. Knobler, J. Am/ Chem. Soc , 113, 8909 (1991); K. Naemura, K. Ueno, S. Takeuchi, Y. Tobe, T. Kaneda and Y. Sakata, J. Am. Chem. Soc. , 115 8475
(1993); L. Garel, B. Lozach, J.-P. Dutasta and A. Collet, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 11652 (1993)), the subtle differences in side-chain bulk which the disclosed receptors are able to distinguish energetically by 1-2 kcal/mol is unusual with synthetic receptors. The key to such high steric selectivity appears to coincide with the receptor's ability to fully encapsulate the chemical substructure being distinguished. Like A4B6 and A4B16 which bind L-peptides based on the steric requirements of their sidechains, receptor A4B26 also distinguishes peptide sidechains sterically but with different selectivity. In particular, A4B26 selects for L-peptides whose sidechains are small and compact. Thus, alanine, valine and ethylglycine are well-bound while isoleucine, leucine, phenylglycine, propylglycine and butylglycine are more weakly bound relative to the other receptors. A4B26 appears to have a smaller binding cavity, a property which may follow from cavity occupancy by benzyloxymethyl substituents or from partial cavity collapse due to the flexible nature of the B2 fragment.
These findings suggest that the highly selective binding found with the original A4B6 receptor may be general to cyclooigomeric molecules of this class and that binding selectivity can be altered by starting with different A and B fragments. Thus it should now be possible to prepare a wide range of interesting receptors by similar routes. It may also be noted that these receptors incorporate B fragments in two different structural environments: the upper and lower macrocycles include four equivalent B's while two other B's link those macrocycles together. By varying these distinct B fragments independently, even more receptor diversity can be generated.
VIII
While biological receptors manage to distinguish substrates by differences in their amino acid sequences, analogous selectivities are difficult to attain with synthetic receptors. While significant strides have been made in selectively binding derivatives of single amino acids (S.C. Peacock, L.A. Domeier, F.C.A. Gaeta, R.C. Helgeson, J.M. Timko and D.J. Cram, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 100, 8190 (1978); J. Rebek, B. Askew, P. Ballester and M. Doa, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 109, 4119 (1987); J.-I. Hong, S.K. Namgoong, A. Bernardi and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 5111 (1991); Y. Murakami, T. Ohno, 0. Hayashida and Y. Hisaeda, J. Chem. Soc , Chem. Commun ., 950 (1991): A. Galan, D. Andreu, A.M. Echavarren, P. Prados and J. de Mendoza, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 114, 1511 (1992); R. Liu and W.C. still, Tetrahedron Lett . , 34, 2573 (1993); S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 832 (1993); S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, Tetrahedron Lett. , 0000 (1994)), synthetic receptors which bind particular multiple amino acid sequences are unknown.
One reason that sequence-selective binding of peptide substrates is underdeveloped in host-guest chemistry is that peptides are physically large molecules and the receptors which would bind them would need binding sites of comparable dimensions. Unfortunately, most contemporary host molecules have rather small substrate-binding regions and thus cannot easily distinguish substrates having differentiating structural features which are distributed over a large area. It is not easy to formulate molecular structures that are both readily synthesized and have large, well-structured binding sites that are complementary to a given substrate. (Notable successes include: W.L. Mock and N.-Y. Shih, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 110 4706 (1988); M.A. Petti, T.J. Shepodd, R.E. Barrans and D.A. Dougherty, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 110, 6825
(1988); J.K. Judice and D.J. Cram, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 2790 (1991); J.-I. Hong, S.K. Namgoong, A. Bernardi and W.C. still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 2790 (1991); J.-I. Hong, S.K. Namgoong, A. Bernardi and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 5111 (1991); T.H. Webb, H. Suh and C.S. Wilcox, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 8554 (1991); M.E. Tanner, C.B. Knobler and D.J. Cram, J. Org. Chem. , 57, 40 (1992).)
While the general problem of receptor design remains unsolved, several receptors are known which bind certain biological molecules with high selectivity. (E. g. , K.-S. Jeong, A.V. Meehldorf and J.E. Rebek, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 112, 6144 (1990); R.P. Dixon, S.J. Geib, A.D. Hamilton, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 114, 365 (1992).) Among these is receptor 1' (Fig. 8(b)) (S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 832 (1993); S.S. Yoon and W.C. Still, Tetrahedron Lett . , 0000 (1994).) This molecule is a cyclooligomer of trimesic acid and ( 1R, 2R) -diaminocyclohexane, and can be synthesized in one step from commercially available materials. Its most interesting property, however, is that it binds certain α-amino acid derivatives with high selectivity. In particular, 1' was found to bind L-amino acids enantioselectively (70-99% ee) and to select for amino acid side-chains having a particular size (e.g. phenyl>>benzyl, ethyl»methyl). These properties were rationalized by a three-strand, β-sheet-like binding mode involving peptide association with the circled hydrogen bond donors/acceptors and having an L-peptide sidechain buried within the center of the receptor. The present inventors have observed very strong binding of 1' to a certain tripeptide (N-Boc-Gly-(L)Val-gly-NHBn) which presumably involved additional hydrogen bonding to the outlying amides which are part of the B fragments of 1'. While these findings suggested the possibility of sequence-selective peptide binding, studies using 1' and
various alanine- and valine-containing tripeptides failed to detect it. In conjunction with other receptor work, Borchardt and Still described a new method for studying the scope of receptor binding using an encoded combinatorial library of substrates. (A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 116, 373 (1991).) Because such a library-based assay enables many thousands of binding experiments to be performed simultaneously, it is ideal for discovering binding phenomena about which little is known. The method to search for sequenceselective peptide binding by 2', a dye-labeled analog of 1' is used herein.
The approach to evaluating the binding properties of a synthetic receptor is closely related to methods developed for finding good ligands to biological receptors such as antibodies. (H.M. Geysen and T.J. Mason, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. , 3, 397 (1993)) The general scheme involves labeling a receptor (e. g. with a fluorescent dye or radioisotope) so that it may be sensitively detected and then treating the labeled receptor with a large collection of potential substrates. If these substrates are spatially separated (e.g. on different solid particles or in different location on a plate), then those areas occupied by substrates which bind the receptor will themselves become labeled. The appeal of the approach is its simplicity and the fact that very large numbers of different substrates can be screened for binding simultaneously. Even such simple procedures as examining substrate-bearing particles (e.g. Merrifield synthesis beads) through a low power microscope for the presence of label allows millions of substrates to be screened for binding by one person in a few hours.
By varying the concentration of the labeled receptor used, it is possible to control the minimum association
constant (Da-min) which can be detected by the binding assay. Assuming simple bimolecular receptor/substrate binding, Ka is traditionally defined:
When [Complex]=[Substrate]free, Ka simplifies to 1/ [Receptor]free. In the context of a solid phase assay using labeled receptor in solution and substrates on solid particles, this situation obtains when the substrate on a particular particle is half bound by labeled receptor. Hence, one may estimate the minimum Ka (here termed Ka-min)of receptor for substrates on any fully labeled particles by measuring the equilibrium concentration of the labeled receptor in free solution over the particles and taking its reciprocal.
The particular solid phase assay used here generally involves labeling the receptor with a colored dye and mixing it in dilute solution with a library of peptide-like substrates attached to Merrifield synthesis beads. After 48 hours of agitation to equilibrate a dilute solution of the colored receptor and the initially colorless substrate bead library, a small percentage of the beads take on deep colorations. Then the concentration of free receptor remaining in solution is measured to determine Ka-min, and then those beads having the deepest coloration are picked. By determining the structures of the substrates on those beads, one learns which substrates in the library bind the receptor with association constants of at least Ka-min assuming the substrates on the deeply colored beads are at least 50% saturated by labeled receptor.
While the receptor labeling and assay procedures are straightforward, creation of an appropriate substrate library is less obvious. A variety of methods for creating large collections of diverse molecules have been developed and could be used (Reviews: G. Jung and A.G. Beck-Sickinger, Angew. Chem . Int . Ed. Engl . , 31, 367 (1992); M.R. Pavia, T.K. Sawyer and W.H. Moos, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett . , 3, 387 (1993)), but one method, combinatorial split synthesis (A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Kibo, AJbstr. 14th Int . Congr. Biochem. , Prague, Czechchoslovakia, 5, 47 (1988); A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Abεtr 10th Int. Symp. Med Chem. Budapest, Hungary, p 288 (1988); A. Furka, M. Sebestyen, M. Asgedom and G. Dibo, Int . J. Pept . Protein Res . , 37 487 (1991); K.S. Lam, S.E. Salmon, E.M. Hersh, V.J. Hruby, W.M. Kazmierski and R.J. Knapp, Nature , 354, 82 (1991)), is particularly relevant to substrate library preparation. Given that organic synthesis proceeds via a series of steps and that many of these steps can often be carried out using a range of alternative reagents (or synthons, residues, etc.) to yield different products, split synthesis prescribes a simple protocol for preparing the library of products resulting from all possible combinations of all alternative reagents used. Split synthesis is carried out on small solid support particles (e.g. Merrifield beads) and yields a particle- supported library in which any particular particle carries the product from one particular set of reagents. The split synthesis method was developed originally for oligopeptide synthesis and can yield very large libraries. For example, if a pentapeptide library is prepared by split synthesis in which 20 different amino acids are used at each of the five residue-coupling steps, the final library will contain 3,200,000 (205) different pentapeptides. Furthermore, any particular synthesis particle will bear only one type of
pentapeptide (or at least have been submitted to only one particular, well-defined series of chemical steps).
Split synthesis has been effectively limited to libraries of sequencable biopolymers such as peptides and nucleotides. The limitation arose because individual members of the library are produced on single solid support particles an these particles carry only picomolar quantities of product. Such quantities are far too small for most classical structure elucidation techniques.
While mass spectroscopy offers a partial solution to the product analysis problem, it is limited by its inability to distinguish isomers or to deal with the mixtures of products and byproduct which commonly result from solid phase synthesis.
The best general solution to the structure analysis problem involves a recently developed technique known as encoding. (S. Brenner and R.A. Lerner, Proc Natl . Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 5381 (1992); J.M. Kerr, S.C. Banville and R.N. Zuckermann. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 2529 (1993); J. Nielson, S. Brenner and K.D. Janda, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 9812 (1993); M.C. Needels, D.G. Jones, E.H. Tate, G.L. Heinkel, L.M. Kochersperger, W.J. Dower, R.W. Barrett and M.A. Gallop, Proc. Natl . Acad. Sci . USA, 90, 10700 (1993); M.H.J. Ohlmeyer, R.N. Swanson, L.W. Dillard, J.C Reader, G. Asouline, R. Kobayashi, M. Wigler and W.C. Still, Proc Natl . Acad. Sci . USA, 90, 10922 (1993).) Encoding entails attaching arrays of molecular tags to the solid support particles during each synthetic step to create unique, tag-encoded records of the particular reagents used in the synthesis of each library member. By analyzing the tag complement of any particular solid support particle after the synthesis, one can determine the particular synthetic steps which were used in the synthesis of the library member on that particle.
In the study of labeled receptor 2 ', a substrate library of 50,625 (154) terminally acylated tripeptides is used and is prepared by split synthesis on 50-80μ polystyrene (Merrifield) beads as described above. The library is encoded using a set of sixteen highly electrophoric tagging molecules which can be detached from single synthesis beads and analyzed using electron capture capillary gas chromatography (ECGC).
A labeled variant of receptor 1' (Figure 8(b)) was made that could be visualty detected by simple inspection. Since 1' itself has no appropriate label attachment site, a relative of 1 ' in which the two spanning transdiaminocyclohexaneε (B in 1') were replaced by stereochemically similar trans-3 ,4-diaminopyrrolidineε was made. The pyrrolidine ring nitrogen could then serve as the label attachment point. For the label, an intense red dye, Disperse Red 1, was selected, and the final structure of the labeled receptor thus became 2'.
The synthesis of red-labeled receptor 2' is straight-forward and is outlined in Figure 8(c) (EXAMPLE 25). Because 2' is not significantly strained and has few rotatable bonds, it could be constructed by a few simple reactions which both couple fragments and macrocyclize in a single step. Thus, the macrocyclic tetramide 3' was prepared in >50% yield by a single reaction which linked and cyclized two molecules of trans-1,2-diaminocyclohexane and two molecules of diactivated trimesic ester. The synthesis was completed via diactivation of 3' as a bis-pentafluorophenyl ester (4') followed by another single step coupling/macrocyclization (~30% yield) using labeled diamine 5' to give the desired dye-labeled receptor 2'.
The polymer-supported, encoded substrate library has been described and has the general structure:
Polystyrene-CH2NHCO (CH2) 5NH-AA1-AA2-AA3-C (=0) R where AAn represents any one of the following fifteen sidechain-protected (side-chain protection: Asn (trityl), Lys (Boc), Ser (tBu)) amino acids (standard single letter codes for amino acids in parentheses):
Gly(G), D-Ala(a), L-Ala(A), D-Ser(S), D-Val(v), L-Vat(V), D-Pro(p), L-Pro(P), D-Asn(n), L-Asn(N), D-Gln(q), L-Gln(Q), D-Lys(k), L-Lys(K) and where R represents any one of the following fifteen groups: methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), i-propyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), i-butyl(iBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoromethyl (TFM), methoxymethyl (MOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), acetoxymethyl (AcOM), phenyl (Ph)m dimethylamino (Me2N), morpholino (Mor)
Because the substrate library was made by split synthesis using fifteen different amino acids at each of the three AA sites and terminated the tripeptide chain with fifteen different acylating agents, the total number of different substrates in the library is 154 or 50,625. To encode this library, sixteen GC-distinct electrophoric tagging molecules were used.
To carry out the binding assay, a 10 mg sample (~105 beads) of the substrate library was suspended in an Eppendorf tube containing -0.3 mL CHCl3 to which was then added ~25 μL of a 600 μM CHCl3 solution of red 2 ' . Upon mixing, the bead library immediately extracted most of the colored receptor from solution, but examination of the mixture through a low power microscope showed that all beads looked essentially the same. However, after 30
min of agitation on a wrist-action shaker, ~5% of the beads had turned light orange. After 48 hours of agitation, ~1% of the beads were stained deep red-orange along with more having various lighter orange colorations. At this point, a UV/VIS measurement of receptor remaining in solution revealed [2'] = 21 μM and thus Ka-min would be ~48000 for receptor-saturated beads. To estimate the degree of saturation for our most deeply stained beads, their colors were compared with those of standardized beads having 1%, 10% and 100% dye loading. This comparison suggested the most deeply stained beads to be -5% saturated. It was difficult to estimate the extent of saturation to better than a factor of 2-4. Assuming 5% saturation, the actual Ka-min would be -2400 which corresponds to a minimum binding energy for our red beads of ~4.5 kcal/mol. Fifty-five of these most deeply stained beads were picked manually under a 4X microscope for decoding. After washing the selected beads extensively with DMF, they were placed individually in separate melting point capillary tubes containing 1-2 μL of pure DMF for tag detachment. Because the tags were attached by photolabile ortho-nitrobenzylic carbonate linkages, they could be released for ECGC analysis by long wavelength ultraviolet (350 nm) irradiation. After silylation (bistrimethylsilylacetamide) to increase tag volatility, the solution over each bead was injected into an electron capture capillary gas chromatograph for tag analysis.
The resulting chromatograms showed which tags were present and which were absent and thus revealed10b the structure of each substrate which had been selected by the solid phase binding assay.
Using the bead-supported peptide library and dye-labeled receptor 2 ' , the above-described solid phase assay and
ECGC decoding of 55 of the most intensely stained beads revealed the substrates whose sequences are listed in Table IB. Among these sequences, 53 unique sequences were found indicating that the 55 beads we picked included only a small fraction of all tightly binding sequences. Nevertheless, the data in Table 1 shows a number of clear trends.
The most obvious trend is a strong preference of 2' for L-valine (v). Thus, 46 of the 52 sequences found (entries 1-46) contain V somewhere in the sequence and most commonly at the central AA2 site. This finding is in line with previous NMR studies of 1' which revealed the tightest binding for peptides containing V (among those amino acids used in the library). All non-valine- containing substrates (entries 47-52) incorporate at least one glycine (G). By comparing the observed frequencies of the various amino acids at the three different sites with their statistical expectation frequencies and standard deviations (σ), which residuesit selectivities are statistically significant can be discerned. Summarized below are the significant selectivities (>90% confidence level) at all substrate sites along with their deviations (units of σ) and the
corresponding confidence levels (%) as derived from counting statistics.
R AA3 AA2 AA1
none D-Asn, 3.3σ, 99+% L-Val, 4.6σ, 99+%L-Ser, 3.0σ, 99+%
D-Gln, 1.9σ, 94% D-Asn, 2.9σ, 99+%L-Val , 2.9σ, 99+%
Gly, 2.3σ, 98%
While these results indicate that 2' has significant selectivity for certain residues at each amino acid position, 2' has even more selectivity for particular amino acids relative to the L-valine (V) position. In particular, in 43 (93%) of the 46 V-containing sequences, the amino acid either immediately preceding or immediately following the V is D-(trityl) asparagine (n, 65% of sequences) or D-(N-trityl) glutamine (q, 32% of sequences). These two residues (n,q) are closely related in that they are the only D amino acids in the library having (N-trityl) carboxamide-bearing sidechains. In 36 (84%) of these 43 n/q-V sequences, n or q precedes V. In such n/q-V sequences, the site following V (i.e. AA1) also shows significant selectivity and is most commonly L-(O-tBu) serine (S) or glycine (G). There is essentially no selectivity among the various N-terminal R groups.
These results indicate that 2' preferentially binds the tripeptide consensus sequence n-V-S and its relatives q-V-S, n-V-G and q-V-G. The most selectivity is seen at the dipeptide level where 2 ' binds n-V and q-V in the both frame-shifted sites AA3-AA2 and AA2-AA1. Considering that q and n are similar D-amino acids with carboxamide sidechains, 2''s dipeptide selectivity for n/q-V is remarkable.
To confirm these findings and to estimate the energetic extents of some of the selectivities observed, a series of diastereomeric acetoxymethyl-(N-trityl)Asp-Val-(O-
tBu)Ser-linker-bead substrates were synthesized. By treating known quantities of these supported substrates with 2 ' in CHCl3, UV/VIS spectrophotometry (λ=476 nm) could be used to measure [2'] both before and after treatment with supported substrate and thus evaluate binding energies. The results of these solid phase binding measurements are summarized below:
Peptide Substrate Binding energy (kcal/mol) Found in Assay?
AcOM-n-V-S-polymer -4.4 Yes
AcOM-n-v-S-polymer -0.8 No
AcOM-N-V-S-polymer -3.4 No
AcOM-n-V-s-polymer -2.8 No
AcOM-N-v-s-polymer -3.0 No
AcOM-N-v-S-polymer -3.1 No
These measurements show that 2' binds the consensus sequence n-V-S (found by the solid phase, color assay) more tightly than any of the diastereomers studied (not found by assay). Stereochemical inversion at V is most damaging to binding which is thereby reduced by 3.6 kcal/mol. Inversion of n or S also weakens binding but only by 1.1 and 1.6 kcal/mol, respectively. The residue binding energies are not simply additive as the fully inverted (enantiomeric) sequence N-v-s binds less tightly by only 1.4 kcal/mol.
The binding energies measured by solid phase experiments are not directly comparable to those from solution phase experiments because the environment inside the bead is not quite the same as free solution. In particular, the concentration of supported peptide in the bead is ~0.1M and this relatively high concentration favors peptide substrate aggregation which would diminish binding to receptor. Comparison measurements of binding of several
(L)Ala- and (L) Val- containing peptides in free solution and on polystyrene supports using receptor 1' showed that peptide binding is 2-3 kcal/mol stronger when binding is measured in dilute free solution.
A proposed mode of interaction is based on molecular mechanics studies and 1H NMR measurements on the N-acetyl(L)Val-NHtBu complex with 1' which fix the valine sidehain within the center of the receptor. (A. Borchardt and W.C. Still, J. Am. Chem. Soc , 116, 373 (1991)) A conformational search on Ac-(D) Asn (tBu) - (L) Val-NHMe bound to 1 ' found a certain structure as the global minimum. (AMBER* force field , GB/SA CHCl3 solvation treatment , Monte Carlo conformational search , MacroModel/BatchMin V4.5) The other low energy structures found in the search had similar geometries which differed only in the details of the hydrogen bonding between the substrate side-chain carboxamide and receptor amides. Whatever the origin of the observed discrimination in binding, receptor 2 ' binds peptide substrates having particular amino acid sequences with remarkable selectivity. This selectivity includes selection based on side-chain stereochemistry (favoring D-Asn/Gln, L-Val), size (Val»Ala) and functionality (favoring the carboxamides of Asn and Gln). These results apparently provide the first example of a synthetic receptor which binds peptidic substrates with significant sequence-selectivity.
Receptor 2 ' binds certain side-chain-protected di- and tripeptides with remarkable selectivity and shows a large preference for n/q-V-containing substrates. Based on the number of replicate substrate sequences found in the binding assay, the total number of different substrate sequences which are bound by 2 ' at -4 kcal/mol or better
are 500-1000 out of the entire library of 50,625 sequences.
Highly selective complexation was also found by related binding studies using the analogous side-chain- deprotected library. In that case, 2 ' showed even higher substrate selectivity with a replicate analysis indicating that only 40-70 sequences out of 50,625 are bound at the -4 kcal/mol level of binding. The most commonly found side-chain-deprotected sequences differed from the ubiquitous n/q-V sequences found with the protected library and had AA2=glycine (86%) and AA1=L-serine (49%) or glycine (37%).
IX
Highly stereoselective binding of a neutral substrate by a receptor in an organic solvent often depends on the substrate's ability to participate in an array of favorable intermolecular electrostatic interactions such as hydrogen bonds . (E . g . Rebek, J . ; Askew, B.; Ballester, P.; Doa, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 109, 4119 (1987); Jeong, K.-S; Muehldorf, A.V.; Rebek, J. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 112, 6144 (1990); Hong, J.-I; Mangoong, S.K.; Bernardi, A.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 113, 5111 (1991); Dixon, R.P.; Geib, S.J.; Hamilton, A.D. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 114, 365 (1992); Yoon, S.S.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc , 115, 832 (1993); Borchardt, A.; Still, W.C. J. Am. Chem. Soc 1994, 116 , 373) Biological receptors use similar means but also distinguish substrates or fragments by size and seem to make such distinctions based in part upon a substrate's ability to precisely fill a binding
cavity. Here described is a synthetic receptor (1' ' Figure 9(a)) that shows an analogous capability to distinguish closely related peptide substrates in organic solvents based both on stereochemistry and on subtle differences in residue size. 1" exhibits high selectivity for binding tripeptides containing an internal L-proline (>99% de for L-Pro vs. D-Pro), and also binds L-Pro more tightly than cyclic analogs which are both smaller and larger than Pro itself. Furthermore, 1'' stereoselectively binds substrates having L-amino acids adjacent to L-Pro (90-99% de for L-Ala) and with binding constants (Ka = 2.5 × 105 for iPrCO-(L)Pro-(L)Ala) that are among the largest reported for binding a neutral guest by a synthetic host.
Receptor 1 has a cup-like shape with a ca. 6A diameter binding cavity surrounded by six unassociated hydrogen bond donors (D) and acceptors (A). According to molecular mechanics, the design of 1" has a very similar conformation except that the three naphthalenes substantially enlarged the binding cavity (ca. 8A diameter). (A 5,000-step Monte Carlo conformational search (Goodman, J.M.; Still, W.C. J. Comput . Chem. 1991, 12 , 1110) for 1 (L-Tyr modeled by L-Ala) using the MacroModel/AMBER* force field (McDonald, D.Q.; Still, W.C. Tetrahedron Lett. 1992, 33, 7743 and references therein) found a single conformation within the lowest 2 kcal/mol.) Whereas the original receptor interacted primarily with small terminal substituents of simple peptides (cartoon O; Figure 9(b)), it appeared that the enlarged design might bind internal amino acid residues (R2) with formation of as many as six hydrogen bonds (cartoon N). Synthesis of enantiomerically pure 1" began with naphthol construction via Friedel-Crafts cyclization of the Stobbe-derived half ester 3" (Figure 9(c)). (Cf.
Johnson, W. S.; Graber, R.R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1950, 72 , 925.) That material was elaborated by straightforward chemistry to 4" which underwent a triple macrolactamization on treatment with iPr2NEt to provide 1" in 50% yield. Phenol deprotection ((Ph3P)4Pd/dimedone) and alkylation (Bu4NF, THF) with the mesylate of the azo dye, Disperse Red 1, gave the intensely red receptor derivative 2". To survey the binding properties of our new receptor, a solid phase color assay was used employing an encoded combinatorial library of -50,000 acylated tripeptide substrates as described above. This library had the general structure R(C=O) -AA3-AA2-AA1-NH(CH2)5C0NHpolystyrene where R represents 15 different acyl substituents and AA1-AA3 each represent 15 different D and L amino acids. (R = methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), isopropyl (iPr), t-butyl (tBu), neopentyl (neoPe), trifluoromethyl (CF3), isobutyl (iBu), methoxymethyl (MOM) , acetoxymethyl (AcOM), cyclopropyl (cPr), cyclobutyl (cBu), cyclopentyl (cPe), phenyl (Ph), morpholino (Morph), dimethylamino (Me2N). AA1-AA3 = Gly
(G), D-Ala (a), L-Ala (A), D-Ser(OtBu) (s), L-Ser(OtBu)
(S), D-Val (v), L-Val (V), D-Pro (p), L-Pro (P), D-Asn(N-trityl) (n), L-Asn (N-trityl) (N), D-Gin (N-trityl) (q), L-Gin(N-trityl) (Q), D-Lys(N-Boc) (k), L-Lys(N-Boc) (K).) The library was supported on 50-80 μ polystyrene beads and was prepared both with and without N-trityl/N-Boc sidechain protection. Each bead carried only one type of tripeptide substrate.
Both protected and deprotected substrate libraries were screened for binding by treatment with ~50 μM solutions of the red receptor 2" in CHCl3. After 24hrs of equilibration with each library, ~10% of the beads had become colored with ~1% being very deep red. The most deeply colored beads were then picked and decoded using
gas chromatography to yield the sequences of the most tightly binding substrates. The binding results were extraordinary. With the protected library, 63 out of 68 tight-binding peptide sequences contained L-Pro and 71% of these placed L-Pro at the AA2 site. Furthermore, in all such sequences having AA2 = L-Pro, the residues at AA1 and AA3 were either L-amino acids or Gly. With the unprotected substrate library, 38 beads were picked and found that all contained L-Pro. As before, L-Pro appeared most commonly in the AA2 position (79% of the sequences), and sites AA1 and AA3 were nearly always occupied by L-amino acids.
Solid phase binding data for both libraries are represented in Figure 10 as gray-scale histograms which give the fractional occupancy of each substrate site (R, AA1-AA3) by each possible residue (R = Me, Et, . . .; AAn = L-Ala, L-Ser, . . .) as a gray-scale running between white (0% occupancy) and black (>50% occupancy). Thus the very dark areas under AA1 and AA2 for L-Pro indicate that most peptides bound by 2" had L-Pro at these substrate sites. The selectivity for AA1-AA3 = L-amino acids can be seen as a generally dark region in the upper half of the histograms just below AA1-AA3 . The large number of gray areas below R indicate little receptor selectivity for the terminal acyl group. The general similarity of the protected and unprotected histograms indicates that 2" binds both libraries with similar selectivity.
The preference of 2" for L-Pro-containing substrates and absence of significant selectivity for the N-terminal substituent suggested that the receptor could be binding substrate approximately as shown in carron N (R2 = Pro ring). Indeed, 1H NMR of the complex of 1" with iPrCO- (L)Ala-(L)Pro-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 in CDCl3 supported such a binding mode: thus the L-Pro ring CH's shifted upfield
to the region between -0.4 and -2.4 ppm upon binding, a result consistent with the Pro ring penetrating deeply into 1'"s aromatic-lined binding cavity. Furthermore, a 40,000-step Monte Carlo conformational search of the complex using AMBER* in GB/SA CHCL3 provided additional support by locating just such a structure as the global minimum for the complex.
Table IIA. Binding Energies (kcal/molϊ of 1 ' ' + Peptides in CHCl33 entry peptide substrate -ΔG
1 iPrCO-(L)Ala-(L)Pro-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 7.4
2 iPrCO-(D)Ala-(L)Pro-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 5.5 3 iPrCO-(L)Ala-(D)Pro-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 4.3
4 iPrCO-(L)Ala-(L)Pro-(D)Ala-NHC12H25 4.4
5 iPrCO-(L)Pro-(L)Pro-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 6.0
6 iPrCO-(L)Pro-(L)Pro-(D)Ala-NHC12H25 5.4
7 iPrCO-(L)Ala-(L)Azetidinyl-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 5.3 8 iPrCO-(L)Ala-(L)Pipacolinyl-(L)Ala-NHC12H25 6.3
To quantify 1'"s selectivity for an internal L-proline flanked by L-amino acids, N-dodecylamides of several tight-binding substrates and certain diastereomers were synthesized. Their binding energies were measured in CHCl3 solution ([1] = 100 nM) by titration (Table IIA) with monitoring by CD (Kearney, P.C.; Mizoue, L.S.; Kumpf, R.A.; Forman, J.E.; McCurdy, A.; Dougherty, D.A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1993, 115 , 9907; several of the sequences bound 1" too tightly for monitoring by NMR). 1" bound L-Pro in the AA2 position 3.1 kcal/mol more strongly than D-Pro (entry 1 vs. 3), L-Ala at AA2 3.0 kcal/mol more tightly than D-Ala (entry 1 vs. 4), and L-Ala at AA3 1.9 kcal/mol more tightly than D-Ala (entry 1 vs. 2). Taken together, these findings suggest a strong, highly ordered interaction between 1'"s chiral binding site and the entire tripeptide chain (as suggested by N
and Fig. 2). Binding decreased significantly when L-Pro was replaced by either its four- or six-membered ring analog (entry 1 vs. 7 and B). These results underscore the importance of filling a receptor's binding cavity precisely - binding is disfavored not only when a substrate is too large but also when it is too small. (Cf. Yoon, S.S.; Still, W.C. Tetrahedron Lett . 1994, 35 , 2117.) Thus, receptor 1" has an enlarged binding cavity but that is otherwise very similar to peptide receptor 1.10 Though the structural similarities of these two receptors far outweigh the differences, their binding properties are very different. Whereas the previous receptor selects for small terminal residue substituents (as in O), 1" shows little selectivity for the terminal substituent but instead selects for internal L-Pro with high stereochemical and steric selectivity (as in N). 1" also shows sequence-selective tripeptide binding in the form of a strong preference for the L-configurationnof flanking amino acids. More generally, these results illustrate how known principles of receptor design and the massive data gathering capacity of combinatorial library screening can be combined to create a powerful approach to problems in molecular recognition.
Claims
What is claimed is: 1. A composition of matter having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are independently the same or different and are H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; X is CH2 or NH; Y is C=O or SO2; and n is 0 to about 3.
2. The composition of claim 1 wherein X is NH.
3. The composition of claim 1 wherein X is CH2, Y is
C=O and n is 1.
4. The composition of claim 3 wherein R1 and R2 are
H.
5. A composition of matter having the structure:
6. The composition of claim 5 wherein R1 is a phenyl group.
7. The composition of claim 5 wherein R1 is a benzyloxymethyl group.
8. The composition of matter having the structure:
wherein R1 , R2 and R3 are C6H4 (OCH2CH=CH2) ; A, B and C are CH2 ; X , Y and Z are S ; and n is 1.
9. A compound which comprises the composition of matter of claim 1, 5 or 8 bound to a solid support.
10. A complex which comprises the composition of claim 1, 5 or 8 bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
11. The composition of claim 10, wherein the derivative is an amide.
12. A process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition of claim 1, 5 or 8 under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
13. A process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition of claim 1, 5 or 8 under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
14. The process of claim 13, wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
A process of preparing the composition of claim 1 wherein R1 and R2 are H and n is 1 which comprises:
(a) condensing a compound having the structure:
(b) hydrolyzing the compound formed in step (a) under suitable conditions to form an acid compound having the structure:
(c) treating the compound formed in step (b) under conditions suitable to activate the acid compound to form a compound having the structure:
(d) reacting the compound formed in step (c) under suitable conditions with a compound having the structure:
(e) saponifying the compound formed in step (d) under suitable conditions to form a diacid having the structure:
(f) activating the diacid formed in step (e) under suitable conditions to form a compound having the structure:
(g) deprotecting the compound formed in step (f) under suitable conditions to form a diamino diacid having the structure:
(h) dimerizing the diamino diacid formed in step (g) under suitable conditions to form the composition having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
16. A process of preparing the composition of claim
11 wherein R1 and R2 are H and n is l which comprises reacting a compound having the structure:
with a compound having the structure:
and R1 and R2 are H and n is 1.
17. A process of preparing the composition of claim
8 having the structure:
(b) reacting the compound formed in step (a) with an acylating agent under suitable conditions to form a plurally acylated compound having the structure:
(c) reacting the plurally acylated compound formed in step (b) with the compound having the structure:
under suitable conditions to form an alkylated amide having the structure:
(d) reacting the alkylated amide formed by step (c) with benzene-1,3,5-trithiol under suitable
conditions to form a sulfide having the structure:
(e) deprotecting the sulfide formed in step (d) under suitable conditions to form a free amine ester having the structure:
(f) re-acylating the free amine ester formed by step (e) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine ester having the structure:
(g) saponifying the acylamine ester formed by step (f) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine acid having the structure:
(h) activating the acylamine acid formed in step (g) under suitable conditions to form an acylamine activated ester having the structure:
(i) de-protecting the acylamine activated ester formed in step (h) under suitable conditions to form a free amine activated ester having the structure:
18. A composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B, C, X, Y and Z is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; each of R1, R2 and R3 is independently linear or branched alkyl, aryl, (C=O)(CH2) H, NH(C=O) (CH2)pH, OH, COOH, NH2 or SH; and m, n, and p are integers from 0 to about 6.
19. The composition of claim 18, wherein A, B and C are O.
20. The composition of claim 18, wherein A, B and C are S.
21. The composition of claim 18, wherein R1, R2, and R3 are each independently phenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl.
22. The composition of claim 18, wherein R1, R2, and
R3 are 4-hydroxymethylphenyl.
23. The composition of claim 18, wherein R1, R2, and
R3 are each independently 4-allyloxyphenyl, 4- alkoxyphenyl, 4-acyloxyphenyl or 4-(dye-substituted-acyloxy)phenyl.
24. The composition of claim 23, wherein R1, R2, and
R3 are 4-(dye-substituted-alkoxy) phenyl and wherein the dye-substituted-alkoxy moiety is
OCH2CH2N(Et) C6H4-N=N-C6H4N02-para,trans,para.
25. The composition of claim 18, wherein n is 1.
26. A compound which comprises the composition of matter of claim 18 bound to a solid support.
27. A compound which comprises the composition of claim 18 bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
28. The compound of claim 27, wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
29. A process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition of claim 18 under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
30. A process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition of claim 18 under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
31. The process of claim 30, wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
32. The process of claim 31, wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
33. The process of claim 30, wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
34. The process of claim 33, wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
35. The process of claim 30, wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
36. The process of claim 29 or 30, wherein the composition of claim 18 is bound to a permeable membrane.
37. A composition of matter having the structure:
wherein A has the structure:
and R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, or acylalkyl group, or an aryl group, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein X is NH, O, S, S=O, S(=O)2 or NR where R is linear or branched alkyl, acyl, aryl, or O; wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 3.
38. The composition of claim 37, wherein R1 and R2 are
H.
39. The composition of claim 37, wherein Q is an acyl group.
40. The composition of claim 39, wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule.
41. The composition of claim 40, wherein the acyl moiety is:
(C=O)CH2CH2(C=O)OCH2CH2N(Et)C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para,trans,para.
42. A compound which comprises the composition of matter of claim 37 bound to a solid support.
43. A compound which comprises the composition of claim 37 bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
44. The compound of claim 43, wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
45. A process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition of claim 37 under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
46. A process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition of claim 37 under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
47. The process of claim 46, wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
48. The process of claim 47, wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
49. The process of claim 46, wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
50. The process of claim 46, wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
51. The process of claim 46, wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
52. The process of claim 45 or 46, wherein the composition of claim 18 is bound to a permeable membrane.
53. A composition of matter having the structure:
wherein each of A, B and C is independently O, NH, N(CH2)mH, N(C=O) (CH2)mH, CH2, S or Se; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl and aryl; and m and n are integers from 0 to about 5.
54. The composition of claim 53 , wherein A, B and C are O.
55. The composition of claim 53, wherein A, B and C are NH.
56. The composition of claim 54, wherein Q is an acyl group.
57. The composition of claim 56, wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule.
58. The composition of claim 57, wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
(C=0) CH2CH2(C=O) OCH2CH2N(Et) C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para,trans,para.
59. The composition of claim 53, wherein n is 1 or 2.
60. A compound which comprises the composition of matter of claim 53 bound to a solid support.
61. A compound which comprises the composition of claim 53 bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
62. The compound of claim 61, wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
63. A process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition of claim 53 under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
64. A process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition of claim 53 under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
65. The process of claim 64, wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
66. The process of claim 65, wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
67. The process of claim 64, wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
68. The process of claim 64, wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
69. The process of claim 64, wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
70. The process of claim 63 or 64, wherein the composition of claim 18 is bound to a permeable membrane.
71. A composition of matter having the structure:
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently H, F, a linear or branched chain alkyl, arylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (cycloalkyl) alkyl, acylalkyl, aryl, a linear or branched chain alkylaryl, pyridyl, thiophene, pyrrolyl, indolyl or naphthyl group; wherein Q is selected from a group consisting of H, linear or branched chain alkyl, acyl or aryl; and n is an integer from 0 to about 3.
72 The composition of claim 71, wherein R1 and R2 are
H.
73 The composition of claim 71, wherein Q is an acyl group.
74. The composition of claim 73, wherein Q is an acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule.
75. The composition of claim 74, wherein the acyl moiety sustituted by a dye molecule is:
(C=O) CH2CH2(C=O) OCH2CH2N (Et) C6H4-N=N-C6H4NO2- para,trans,para.
76. A compound which comprises the composition of matter of claim 71 bound to a solid support.
77. A compound which comprises the composition of claim 71 bound to a derivative of an amino acid.
78. The compound of claim 77, wherein the derivative is an oligopeptide.
79. A process of obtaining a purified enantiomeric isomer of a compound of interest from a mixture of optical isomers of such compound which comprises contacting the mixture of isomers with the composition of claim 71 under conditions such that the enantiomeric isomer binds to the compositon to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the enantiomeric isomer from the composition, and recovering the purified enantiomeric isomer.
80. A process of obtaining a purified organic compound of interest from a mixture of organic compounds able to form hydrogen bonds, which comprises contacting the mixture with the composition of claim 71 under conditions such that the organic compound binds to the composition to form a complex, separating the resulting complex from the mixture, treating the complex so as to separate the organic compound from the composition, and recovering the purified compound.
81. The process of claim 80, wherein the purified organic compound is an amino acid derivative.
82. The process of claim 81, wherein the amino acid derivative is an oligopeptide.
83. The process of claim 81, wherein the purified organic compound is a biopolymer.
84. The process of claim 83, wherein the biopolymer is an enzyme.
85. The process of claim 81, wherein the purified organic compound is a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide.
86. The process of claim 80 or 81, wherein the composition of claim 18 is bound to a permeable membrane.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU16894/95A AU1689495A (en) | 1994-01-27 | 1995-01-27 | Enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/188,146 US5599926A (en) | 1992-06-19 | 1994-01-27 | A4 B6 macrotricyclic enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds |
US08/188,146 | 1994-01-27 | ||
US35766394A | 1994-12-16 | 1994-12-16 | |
US08/357,663 | 1994-12-16 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO1995020590A1 true WO1995020590A1 (en) | 1995-08-03 |
Family
ID=26883772
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1995/000948 WO1995020590A1 (en) | 1994-01-27 | 1995-01-27 | Enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
AU (1) | AU1689495A (en) |
WO (1) | WO1995020590A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2006043906A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2006-04-27 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method for resolving stereoisomers of a compound |
JP2015081248A (en) * | 2013-10-24 | 2015-04-27 | メルクパフォーマンスマテリアルズマニュファクチャリング合同会社 | Resist underlayer film forming composition |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4596819A (en) * | 1984-01-23 | 1986-06-24 | Warner-Lambert Company | Modified tripeptides |
US5326862A (en) * | 1990-07-16 | 1994-07-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Process for the preparation of sulphinylpristinamycin IIB |
US5342935A (en) * | 1990-06-25 | 1994-08-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antagonists of immunosuppressive macrolides |
US5344925A (en) * | 1991-09-09 | 1994-09-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Imidazolidyl macrolides having immunosuppressive activity |
US5384424A (en) * | 1991-06-26 | 1995-01-24 | Lucky Limited | Process for the selective preparation of 4,4-methylene-bis-(N-phenylalkylcarbamate) |
-
1995
- 1995-01-27 WO PCT/US1995/000948 patent/WO1995020590A1/en active Application Filing
- 1995-01-27 AU AU16894/95A patent/AU1689495A/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4596819A (en) * | 1984-01-23 | 1986-06-24 | Warner-Lambert Company | Modified tripeptides |
US5342935A (en) * | 1990-06-25 | 1994-08-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antagonists of immunosuppressive macrolides |
US5326862A (en) * | 1990-07-16 | 1994-07-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Process for the preparation of sulphinylpristinamycin IIB |
US5384424A (en) * | 1991-06-26 | 1995-01-24 | Lucky Limited | Process for the selective preparation of 4,4-methylene-bis-(N-phenylalkylcarbamate) |
US5344925A (en) * | 1991-09-09 | 1994-09-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Imidazolidyl macrolides having immunosuppressive activity |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2006043906A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2006-04-27 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method for resolving stereoisomers of a compound |
JP2015081248A (en) * | 2013-10-24 | 2015-04-27 | メルクパフォーマンスマテリアルズマニュファクチャリング合同会社 | Resist underlayer film forming composition |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU1689495A (en) | 1995-08-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
Yoon et al. | Sequence-selective peptide binding with a synthetic receptor | |
US5599926A (en) | A4 B6 macrotricyclic enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds | |
AU686785B2 (en) | Synthetic receptors, libraries and uses thereof | |
Golebiowski et al. | Solid supported high-throughput organic synthesis of peptide β-turn mimetics via tandem Petasis reaction/diketopiperazine formation | |
Lagnoux et al. | Synthesis and esterolytic activity of catalytic peptide dendrimers | |
Sessler et al. | Efficient transport of aromatic amino acids by sapphyrin–lasalocid conjugates | |
US6218551B1 (en) | Combinatorial hydroxy-amino acid amide libraries | |
AU2011212412A1 (en) | Template-fixed peptidomimetics with CXCR7 modulating activity | |
AU2017204122B2 (en) | Template -fixed peptidomimetics as inhibitors of FPR1 | |
Braxmeier et al. | Identification of sequence selective receptors for peptides with a carboxylic acid terminus | |
WO2005040073A2 (en) | Solid phase synthesis of 3-aryl-2- indolylcarboxylic acids | |
Borchardt et al. | Synthetic receptor for internal residues of a peptide chain. Highly selective binding of (L) X-(L) Pro-(L) X tripeptides | |
Boutard et al. | Pyrrolo [3, 2-e][1, 4] diazepin-2-one synthesis: a head-to-head comparison of soluble versus insoluble supports | |
WO1995020590A1 (en) | Enantioselective receptors for amino acid derivatives, and other compounds | |
EP4134158B1 (en) | Ligand linker substrate | |
Yoon et al. | Expeditious Synthesis of a Novel C3‐Symmetric Receptor that Binds Peptides Sequence‐Selectively | |
Brewster et al. | Peptidocalixarenes in molecular recognition | |
CN101421291A (en) | Process for the manufacture of lysobactin derivatives | |
Yoon | Studies in molecular recognition of peptidic molecules | |
US20050089936A1 (en) | Combinatorial library of 3-aryl-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid amides | |
Yoon | Solvent Effect on Sequence-Selective Peptide Binding Properties of a Synthetic Receptor | |
WO2001046197A1 (en) | PEPTIDE β-TURN MIMETIC COMPOUNDS AND PROCESSES FOR MAKING THEM | |
Blodgett | Novel methods in chromatographic separations: New* chiral stationary phases and molecular tagging | |
Botana et al. | Synthesis, Conformational Studies and Binding Properties of Acyclic Receptors for N‐Protected Amino Acids and Dipeptides | |
Wennemers | Encoded combinatorial chemistry: a tool for the study of selective intermolecular interactions |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AU CA JP |
|
AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
DFPE | Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101) | ||
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase | ||
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: CA |